SPRUIU1C July   2020  – February 2024 DRA821U , DRA821U-Q1

 

  1.   1
  2.   Read This First
    1.     About This Manual
    2.     Related Documentation From Texas Instruments
    3.     Support Resources
    4.     Glossary
    5.     Export Control Notice
    6.     Trademarks
  3. Introduction
    1. 1.1 Device Overview
    2. 1.2 Device Block Diagram
    3. 1.3 Device Main Domain
      1. 1.3.1  Arm Cortex-A72 Subsystem
      2. 1.3.2  Arm Cortex-R5F Processor
      3. 1.3.3  Navigator Subsystem
      4. 1.3.4  Region-based Address Translation Module
      5. 1.3.5  Multicore Shared Memory Controller
      6. 1.3.6  DDR Subsystem
      7. 1.3.7  General Purpose Input/Output Interface
      8. 1.3.8  Inter-Integrated Circuit Interface
      9. 1.3.9  Improved Inter-Integrated Circuit Interface
      10. 1.3.10 Multi-channel Serial Peripheral Interface
      11. 1.3.11 Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter
      12. 1.3.12 Gigabit Ethernet Switch
      13. 1.3.13 Peripheral Component Interconnect Express Subsystem
      14. 1.3.14 Universal Serial Bus (USB) Subsystem
      15. 1.3.15 SerDes
      16. 1.3.16 General Purpose Memory Controller with Error Location Module
      17. 1.3.17 Multimedia Card/Secure Digital Interface
      18. 1.3.18 Enhanced Capture Module
      19. 1.3.19 Enhanced Pulse-Width Modulation Module
      20. 1.3.20 Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse Module
      21. 1.3.21 Controller Area Network
      22. 1.3.22 Audio Tracking Logic
      23. 1.3.23 Multi-channel Audio Serial Port
      24. 1.3.24 Timers
      25. 1.3.25 Internal Diagnostics Modules
    4. 1.4 Device MCU Domain
      1. 1.4.1  MCU Arm Cortex-R5F Processor
      2. 1.4.2  MCU Region-based Address Translation Module
      3. 1.4.3  MCU Navigator Subsystem
      4. 1.4.4  MCU Analog-to-Digital Converter
      5. 1.4.5  MCU Inter-Integrated Circuit Interface
      6. 1.4.6  MCU Improved Inter-Integrated Circuit Interface
      7. 1.4.7  MCU Multi-channel Serial Peripheral Interface
      8. 1.4.8  MCU Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter
      9. 1.4.9  MCU Gigabit Ethernet Switch
      10. 1.4.10 MCU Octal Serial Peripheral Interface and HyperBus Memory Controller as a Flash Subsystem
      11. 1.4.11 MCU Controller Area Network
      12. 1.4.12 MCU Timers
      13. 1.4.13 MCU Internal Diagnostics Modules
    5. 1.5 Device WKUP Domain
      1. 1.5.1 WKUP Device Management and Security Controller
      2. 1.5.2 WKUP General Purpose Input/Output Interface
      3. 1.5.3 WKUP Inter-Integrated Circuit Interface
      4. 1.5.4 WKUP Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter
      5. 1.5.5 WKUP Internal Diagnostics Modules
    6. 1.6 Device Identification
  4. Memory Map
    1. 2.1 MAIN Domain Memory Map
    2. 2.2 MCU Domain Memory Map
    3. 2.3 WKUP Domain Memory Map
    4. 2.4 Processors View Memory Map
    5. 2.5 Region-based Address Translation
  5. System Interconnect
    1. 3.1 System Interconnect Overview
    2. 3.2 System Interconnect Integration
      1. 3.2.1 Interconnect Integration in WKUP Domain
      2. 3.2.2 Interconnect Integration in MCU Domain
      3. 3.2.3 Interconnect Integration in MAIN Domain
    3. 3.3 System Interconnect Functional Description
      1. 3.3.1 Master-Slave Connections
      2. 3.3.2 Quality of Service (QoS)
      3. 3.3.3 Route ID
      4. 3.3.4 Initiator-Side Security Controls and Firewalls
        1. 3.3.4.1 Initiator-Side Security Controls (ISC)
          1. 3.3.4.1.1 Special System Level Priv-ID
          2. 3.3.4.1.2 Priv ID and ISC Assignment
        2. 3.3.4.2 Firewalls (FW)
          1. 3.3.4.2.1 Peripheral Firewalls (FW)
          2. 3.3.4.2.2 Memory or Region-based Firewalls
            1. 3.3.4.2.2.1 Region Based Firewall Functional Description
          3. 3.3.4.2.3 Channelized Firewalls
            1. 3.3.4.2.3.1 Channelized Firewall Functional Description
      5. 3.3.5 Null Error Reporting
      6. 3.3.6 VBUSM_TIMEOUT_GASKET (MCU_TIMEOUT_64B2)
        1. 3.3.6.1 Overview and Feature List
          1. 3.3.6.1.1 Features Supported
          2. 3.3.6.1.2 Features Not Supported
        2. 3.3.6.2 Functional Description
          1. 3.3.6.2.1 Functional Operation
            1. 3.3.6.2.1.1  Overview
            2. 3.3.6.2.1.2  FIFOs
            3. 3.3.6.2.1.3  ID Allocator
            4. 3.3.6.2.1.4  Timer
            5. 3.3.6.2.1.5  Timeout Queue
            6. 3.3.6.2.1.6  Write Scoreboard
            7. 3.3.6.2.1.7  Read Scoreboard
            8. 3.3.6.2.1.8  Flush Mode
            9. 3.3.6.2.1.9  Flushing
            10. 3.3.6.2.1.10 Timeout Error Reporting
            11. 3.3.6.2.1.11 Command Timeout Error Reporting
            12. 3.3.6.2.1.12 Unexpected Response Reporting
            13. 3.3.6.2.1.13 Latency and Stalls
            14. 3.3.6.2.1.14 Bypass
            15. 3.3.6.2.1.15 Safety
        3. 3.3.6.3 Interrupt Conditions
          1. 3.3.6.3.1 Transaction Error Interrupt
            1. 3.3.6.3.1.1 Transaction Timeout
            2. 3.3.6.3.1.2 Unexpected Response
            3. 3.3.6.3.1.3 Command Timeout
        4. 3.3.6.4 Memory Map
          1. 3.3.6.4.1  Revision Register (Base Address + 0x00)
          2. 3.3.6.4.2  Configuration Register (Base Address + 0x04)
          3. 3.3.6.4.3  Info Register (Base Address + 0x08)
          4. 3.3.6.4.4  Enable Register (Base Address + 0x0C)
          5. 3.3.6.4.5  Flush Register (Base Address + 0x10)
          6. 3.3.6.4.6  Timeout Value Register (Base Address + 0x14)
          7. 3.3.6.4.7  Timer Register (Base Address + 0x18)
          8. 3.3.6.4.8  Error Interrupt Raw Status/Set Register (Base Address + 0x20)
          9. 3.3.6.4.9  Error Interrupt Enabled Status/Clear Register (Base Address + 0x24)
          10. 3.3.6.4.10 Error Interrupt Mask Set Register (Base Address + 0x28)
          11. 3.3.6.4.11 Error Interrupt Mask Clear Register (Base Address + 0x2C)
          12. 3.3.6.4.12 Timeout Error Info Register (Base Address + 0x30)
          13. 3.3.6.4.13 Unexpected Response Info Register (Base Address + 0x34)
          14. 3.3.6.4.14 Error Transaction Valid/Dir/RouteID Register (Base Address + 0x38)
          15. 3.3.6.4.15 Error Transaction Tag/CommandID Register (Base Address + 0x3C)
          16. 3.3.6.4.16 Error Transaction Bytecnt Register (Base Address + 0x40)
          17. 3.3.6.4.17 Error Transaction Upper Address Register (Base Address + 0x44)
          18. 3.3.6.4.18 Error Transaction Lower Address Register (Base Address + 0x48)
        5. 3.3.6.5 Integration Overview
          1. 3.3.6.5.1 Parameterization Requirements
        6. 3.3.6.6 I/O Description
          1. 3.3.6.6.1 Clockstop Idle
          2. 3.3.6.6.2 Flush
          3. 3.3.6.6.3 Module I/O
        7. 3.3.6.7 User’s Guide
          1. 3.3.6.7.1 Programmer’s Guide
            1. 3.3.6.7.1.1 Initialization
            2. 3.3.6.7.1.2 Software Flush
      7. 3.3.7 Timeout Gasket (TOG)
    4. 3.4 System Interconnect Registers
      1. 3.4.1 QoS Registers
      2. 3.4.2 Firewall Exception Registers
      3. 3.4.3 Firewall Region Registers
      4. 3.4.4 Null Error Reporting Registers
  6. Initialization
    1. 4.1 Initialization Overview
      1. 4.1.1 ROM Code Overview
      2. 4.1.2 Bootloader Modes
      3. 4.1.3 Terminology
    2. 4.2 Boot Process
      1. 4.2.1 MCU ROM Code Architecture
        1. 4.2.1.1 Main Module
        2. 4.2.1.2 X509 Module
        3. 4.2.1.3 Buffer Manager Module
        4. 4.2.1.4 Log and Trace Module
        5. 4.2.1.5 System Module
        6. 4.2.1.6 Protocol Module
        7. 4.2.1.7 Driver Module
      2. 4.2.2 DMSC ROM Description
      3. 4.2.3 Boot Process Flow
      4. 4.2.4 MCU Only vs Normal Boot
    3. 4.3 Boot Mode Pins
      1. 4.3.1  MCU_BOOTMODE Pin Mapping
      2. 4.3.2  BOOTMODE Pin Mapping
        1. 4.3.2.1 Primary Boot Mode Selection
        2. 4.3.2.2 Backup Boot Mode Selection When MCU Only = 0
        3. 4.3.2.3 Primary Boot Mode Configuration
        4. 4.3.2.4 Backup Boot Mode Configuration
      3. 4.3.3  No-boot/Dev-boot Configuration
      4. 4.3.4  Hyperflash Boot Device Configuration
      5. 4.3.5  OSPI Boot Device Configuration
      6. 4.3.6  QSPI Boot Device Configuration
      7. 4.3.7  SPI Boot Device Configuration
      8. 4.3.8  xSPI Boot Device Configuration
      9. 4.3.9  I2C Boot Device Configuration
      10. 4.3.10 MMC/SD Card Boot Device Configuration
      11. 4.3.11 eMMC Boot Device Configuration
      12. 4.3.12 Ethernet Boot Device Configuration
      13. 4.3.13 USB Boot Device Configuration
      14. 4.3.14 PCIe Boot Device Configuration
      15. 4.3.15 UART Boot Device Configuration
      16. 4.3.16 PLL Configuration
        1. 4.3.16.1 MCU_PLL0, MCU_PLL2, Main PLL0, and Main PLL3
        2. 4.3.16.2 MCU_PLL1
        3. 4.3.16.3 Main PLL1
        4. 4.3.16.4 Main PLL2
        5. 4.3.16.5 HSDIV Values
        6. 4.3.16.6 190
    4. 4.4 Boot Parameter Tables
      1. 4.4.1  Common Header
      2. 4.4.2  PLL Setup
      3. 4.4.3  PCIe Boot Parameter Table
      4. 4.4.4  I2C Boot Parameter Table
      5. 4.4.5  OSPI/QSPI/SPI Boot Parameter Table
      6. 4.4.6  Ethernet Boot Parameter Table
      7. 4.4.7  USB Boot Parameter Table
      8. 4.4.8  MMCSD Boot Parameter Table
      9. 4.4.9  UART Boot Parameter Table
      10. 4.4.10 Hyperflash Boot Parameter Table
    5. 4.5 Boot Image Format
      1. 4.5.1 Overall Structure
      2. 4.5.2 X.509 Certificate
      3. 4.5.3 Organizational Identifier (OID)
      4. 4.5.4 X.509 Extensions Specific to Boot
        1. 4.5.4.1 Boot Info (OID 1.3.6.1.4.1.294.1.1)
        2. 4.5.4.2 Image Integrity (OID 1.3.6.1.4.1.294.1.2)
      5. 4.5.5 Extended Boot Info Extension
        1. 4.5.5.1 Impact on HS Device
        2. 4.5.5.2 Extended Boot Info Details
        3. 4.5.5.3 Certificate / Component Types
        4. 4.5.5.4 Extended Boot Encryption Info
        5. 4.5.5.5 Component Ordering
        6. 4.5.5.6 Memory Load Sections Overlap with Executable Components
        7. 4.5.5.7 Device Type and Extended Boot Extension
      6. 4.5.6 Generating X.509 Certificates
        1. 4.5.6.1 Key Generation
          1. 4.5.6.1.1 Degenerate RSA Keys
        2. 4.5.6.2 Configuration Script
      7. 4.5.7 Image Data
    6. 4.6 Boot Modes
      1. 4.6.1 I2C Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.1.1 I2C Initialization Process
          1. 4.6.1.1.1 Block Size
          2. 4.6.1.1.2 226
        2. 4.6.1.2 I2C Loading Process
          1. 4.6.1.2.1 Loading a Boot Image From EEPROM
      2. 4.6.2 SPI Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.2.1 SPI Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.2.2 SPI Loading Process
      3. 4.6.3 QSPI Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.3.1 QSPI Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.3.2 QSPI Loading Process
      4. 4.6.4 OSPI Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.4.1 OSPI Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.4.2 OSPI Loading Process
      5. 4.6.5 PCIe Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.5.1 PCIe Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.5.2 PCIe Loading Process
      6. 4.6.6 Ethernet Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.6.1 Ethernet Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.6.2 Ethernet Loading Process
          1. 4.6.6.2.1 Ethernet Boot Data Formats
            1. 4.6.6.2.1.1 Limitations
            2. 4.6.6.2.1.2 BOOTP Request
              1. 4.6.6.2.1.2.1 MAC Header (DIX)
              2. 4.6.6.2.1.2.2 IPv4 Header
              3. 4.6.6.2.1.2.3 UDP Header
              4. 4.6.6.2.1.2.4 BOOTP Payload
              5. 4.6.6.2.1.2.5 TFTP
        3. 4.6.6.3 Ethernet Hand Over Process
      7. 4.6.7 USB Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.7.1 USB-Specific Attributes
          1. 4.6.7.1.1 DFU Device Mode
      8. 4.6.8 MMCSD Bootloader Operation
      9. 4.6.9 UART Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.9.1 Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.9.2 UART Loading Process
          1. 4.6.9.2.1 UART XMODEM
        3. 4.6.9.3 UART Hand-Over Process
    7. 4.7 Boot Memory Maps
      1. 4.7.1 Memory Layout/MPU
      2. 4.7.2 Global Memory Addresses Used by ROM Code
      3. 4.7.3 Memory Reserved by ROM Code
  7. Device Configuration
    1. 5.1 Control Module (CTRL_MMR)
      1. 5.1.1 WKUP_CTRL_MMR0
        1. 5.1.1.1 WKUP_CTRL_MMR0 Overview
        2. 5.1.1.2 WKUP_CTRL_MMR0 Integration
        3. 5.1.1.3 WKUP_CTRL_MMR0 Functional Description
          1. 5.1.1.3.1 Description for WKUP_CTRL_MMR0 Register Types
            1. 5.1.1.3.1.1  Pad Configuration Registers
            2. 5.1.1.3.1.2  Kick Protection Registers
            3. 5.1.1.3.1.3  WKUP_CTRL_MMR0 Module Interrupts
            4. 5.1.1.3.1.4  Clock Selection Registers
            5. 5.1.1.3.1.5  Device Feature Registers
            6. 5.1.1.3.1.6  POK Module Registers
            7. 5.1.1.3.1.7  Power and Reset Related Registers
            8. 5.1.1.3.1.8  PRG Related Registers
            9. 5.1.1.3.1.9  Voltage Glitch Detect Control and Status Registers
            10. 5.1.1.3.1.10 I/O Debounce Control Registers
        4. 5.1.1.4 WKUP_CTRL_MMR0 Registers
      2. 5.1.2 MCU_CTRL_MMR0
        1. 5.1.2.1 MCU_CTRL_MMR0 Overview
        2. 5.1.2.2 MCU_CTRL_MMR0 Integration
        3. 5.1.2.3 MCU_CTRL_MMR0 Functional Description
          1. 5.1.2.3.1 Description for MCU_CTRL_MMR0 Register Types
            1. 5.1.2.3.1.1 Kick Protection Registers
            2. 5.1.2.3.1.2 MCU_CTRL_MMR0 Module Interrupts
            3. 5.1.2.3.1.3 Inter-processor Communication Registers
            4. 5.1.2.3.1.4 Timer I/O Muxing Control Registers
            5. 5.1.2.3.1.5 Clock Muxing and Division Registers
            6. 5.1.2.3.1.6 MCU_CPSW0 MAC Address Registers
        4. 5.1.2.4 MCU_CTRL_MMR0 Registers
        5. 5.1.2.5 MCU_SEC_MMR0_DBG_CTRL Registers
        6. 5.1.2.6 MCU_SEC_MMR0_BOOT_CTRL Registers
      3. 5.1.3 CTRL_MMR0
        1. 5.1.3.1 CTRL_MMR0 Overview
        2. 5.1.3.2 CTRL_MMR0 Integration
        3. 5.1.3.3 CTRL_MMR0 Functional Description
          1. 5.1.3.3.1 Description for CTRL_MMR0 Register Types
            1. 5.1.3.3.1.1  Pad Configuration Registers
            2. 5.1.3.3.1.2  Kick Protection Registers
            3. 5.1.3.3.1.3  CTRL_MMR0 Module Interrupts
            4. 5.1.3.3.1.4  Inter-processor Communication Registers
            5. 5.1.3.3.1.5  Timer I/O Muxing Control Registers
            6. 5.1.3.3.1.6  EHRPWM/EQEP Control and Status Registers
            7. 5.1.3.3.1.7  Clock Muxing and Division Registers
            8. 5.1.3.3.1.8  Ethernet Port Operation Control Registers
            9. 5.1.3.3.1.9  SERDES Lane Function Control Registers
            10. 5.1.3.3.1.10 DDRSS Dynamic Frequency Change Registers
        4. 5.1.3.4 CTRL_MMR0 Registers
        5. 5.1.3.5 SEC_MMR0_DBG_CTRL Registers
        6. 5.1.3.6 SEC_MMR0_BOOT_CTRL Registers
    2. 5.2 Power
      1. 5.2.1 Power Management Overview
      2. 5.2.2 Power Management Subsystems
        1. 5.2.2.1 Power Subsystems Overview
          1. 5.2.2.1.1 POK Overview
          2. 5.2.2.1.2 PRG / PRG_PP Overview
          3. 5.2.2.1.3 POR Overview
          4. 5.2.2.1.4 POK / PRG(_PP) /POR Overview
          5. 5.2.2.1.5 Timing
          6. 5.2.2.1.6 Restrictions
        2. 5.2.2.2 Power System Modules
          1. 5.2.2.2.1 Power OK (POK) Modules
            1. 5.2.2.2.1.1 POK Programming Model
              1. 5.2.2.2.1.1.1 POK Threshold Setting Programming Sequence
          2. 5.2.2.2.2 Power on Reset (POR) Module
            1. 5.2.2.2.2.1 POR Overview
            2. 5.2.2.2.2.2 POR Integration
            3. 5.2.2.2.2.3 POR Programming Model
          3. 5.2.2.2.3 PoR/Reset Generator (PRG_PP) Modules
            1. 5.2.2.2.3.1 PRG_PP Overview
            2. 5.2.2.2.3.2 PRG_PP Integration
            3. 5.2.2.2.3.3 PRG_PP Programming Model
          4. 5.2.2.2.4 Power Glitch Detect (PGD) Modules
          5. 5.2.2.2.5 Voltage and Thermal Manager (VTM)
            1. 5.2.2.2.5.1 VTM Overview
              1. 5.2.2.2.5.1.1 VTM Features
              2. 5.2.2.2.5.1.2 VTM Not Supported Features
            2. 5.2.2.2.5.2 VTM Integration
            3. 5.2.2.2.5.3 VTM Functional Description
              1. 5.2.2.2.5.3.1 VTM Temperature Status and Thermal Management
                1. 5.2.2.2.5.3.1.1 10-bit Temperature Values Versus Temperature
              2. 5.2.2.2.5.3.2 VTM Temperature Driven Alerts and Interrupts
              3. 5.2.2.2.5.3.3 VTM VID Voltage Domains
              4. 5.2.2.2.5.3.4 VTM Clocking
              5. 5.2.2.2.5.3.5 VTM Retention Interface
              6. 5.2.2.2.5.3.6 VTM ECC Aggregator
              7. 5.2.2.2.5.3.7 VTM Programming Model
                1. 5.2.2.2.5.3.7.1 VTM Maximum Temperature Outrange Alert
                2. 5.2.2.2.5.3.7.2 Temperature Monitor during Low Power Modes
                3. 5.2.2.2.5.3.7.3 Sensors Programming Sequences
              8. 5.2.2.2.5.3.8 AVS-Class0
          6. 5.2.2.2.6 Distributed Power Clock and Reset Controller (DPCR)
        3. 5.2.2.3 Power Control Modules
          1. 5.2.2.3.1 Power Sleep Controller and Local Power Sleep Controllers
            1. 5.2.2.3.1.1 PSC Terminology
            2. 5.2.2.3.1.2 PSC Features
            3. 5.2.2.3.1.3 PSC: Device Power-Management Layout
              1. 5.2.2.3.1.3.1 WKUP_PSC0 Device-Specific Information
              2. 5.2.2.3.1.3.2 PSC0 Device-Specific Information
              3. 5.2.2.3.1.3.3 LPSC Dependences Overview
            4. 5.2.2.3.1.4 PSC: Power Domain and Module States
              1. 5.2.2.3.1.4.1 Power Domain States
              2. 5.2.2.3.1.4.2 Module States
              3. 5.2.2.3.1.4.3 Local Reset
            5. 5.2.2.3.1.5 PSC: Executing State Transitions
              1. 5.2.2.3.1.5.1 Power Domain State Transitions
              2. 5.2.2.3.1.5.2 Module State Transitions
              3. 5.2.2.3.1.5.3 Concurrent Power Domain/Module State Transitions
              4. 5.2.2.3.1.5.4 Recommendations for Power Domain/Module Sequencing
            6. 5.2.2.3.1.6 PSC: Emulation Support in the PSC
            7. 5.2.2.3.1.7 PSC: A72SS, MSMC, MCU Cortex-R5F, C71SS0, and C66SS Subsystem Power-Up and Power-Down Sequences
              1. 5.2.2.3.1.7.1 ARMi_COREn Power State Transition
              2. 5.2.2.3.1.7.2 A72SS Power State Transition
              3. 5.2.2.3.1.7.3 GIC0 Sequencing to Support A72SS Power Management
              4. 5.2.2.3.1.7.4 MSMC0 Clkstop/Powerdown/Disconnect Sequencing
              5. 5.2.2.3.1.7.5 MCU Cortex-R5F Power Modes
          2. 5.2.2.3.2 Integrated Power Management (DMSC)
            1. 5.2.2.3.2.1 DMSC Power Management Overview
              1. 5.2.2.3.2.1.1 DMSC Power Management Features
      3. 5.2.3 Device Power States
        1. 5.2.3.1 Overview of Device Low-Power Modes
        2. 5.2.3.2 Voltage Domains
        3. 5.2.3.3 Power Domains
        4. 5.2.3.4 Clock Sources States
        5. 5.2.3.5 Wake-up Sources
        6. 5.2.3.6 Device Power States and Transitions
          1. 5.2.3.6.1 LPM Entry Sequences
          2. 5.2.3.6.2 LPM Exit Sequences
          3. 5.2.3.6.3 IO Retention
          4. 5.2.3.6.4 DDRSS Self-Refresh
      4. 5.2.4 Dynamic Power Management
        1. 5.2.4.1 AVS Support
        2. 5.2.4.2 Dynamic Frequency Scaling (DFS) Operations
      5. 5.2.5 Thermal Management
      6. 5.2.6 Registers
        1. 5.2.6.1 WKUP_VTM0 Registers
        2. 5.2.6.2 PSC Registers
    3. 5.3 Reset
      1. 5.3.1 Reset Overview
      2. 5.3.2 Reset Sources
      3. 5.3.3 Reset Status
      4. 5.3.4 Reset Control
      5. 5.3.5 BOOTMODE Pins
      6. 5.3.6 Reset Sequences
        1. 5.3.6.1 MCU_PORz Overview
        2. 5.3.6.2 MCU_PORz Sequence
        3. 5.3.6.3 MCU_RESETz Sequence
        4. 5.3.6.4 PORz Sequence
        5. 5.3.6.5 RESET_REQz Sequence
      7. 5.3.7 PLL Behavior on Reset
    4. 5.4 Clocking
      1. 5.4.1 Overview
      2. 5.4.2 Clock Inputs
        1. 5.4.2.1 Overview
        2. 5.4.2.2 Mapping of Clock Inputs
      3. 5.4.3 Clock Outputs
        1. 5.4.3.1 Observation Clock Pins
          1. 5.4.3.1.1 MCU_OBSCLK0 Pin
          2. 5.4.3.1.2 424
          3. 5.4.3.1.3 OBSCLK0, OBSCLK1, and OBSCLK2 Pins
        2. 5.4.3.2 System Clock Pins
          1. 5.4.3.2.1 MCU_SYSCLKOUT0
          2. 5.4.3.2.2 SYSCLKOUT0
      4. 5.4.4 Device Oscillators
        1. 5.4.4.1 Device Oscillators Integration
          1. 5.4.4.1.1 Oscillators with External Crystal
          2. 5.4.4.1.2 Internal RC Oscillator
        2. 5.4.4.2 Oscillator Clock Loss Detection
      5. 5.4.5 PLLs
        1. 5.4.5.1 WKUP and MCU Domains PLL Overview
        2. 5.4.5.2 MAIN Domain PLLs Overview
        3. 5.4.5.3 PLL Reference Clocks
          1. 5.4.5.3.1 PLLs in MCU Domain
          2. 5.4.5.3.2 PLLs in MAIN Domain
        4. 5.4.5.4 Generic PLL Overview
          1. 5.4.5.4.1 PLLs Output Clocks Parameters
            1. 5.4.5.4.1.1 PLLs Input Clocks
            2. 5.4.5.4.1.2 PLL Output Clocks
              1. 5.4.5.4.1.2.1 PLLTS16FFCLAFRAC2 Type Output Clocks
              2. 5.4.5.4.1.2.2 PLLTS16FFCLAFRACF Type Output Clocks
              3. 5.4.5.4.1.2.3 PLL Lock
              4. 5.4.5.4.1.2.4 HSDIVIDER
              5. 5.4.5.4.1.2.5 ICG Module
              6. 5.4.5.4.1.2.6 PLL Power Down
              7. 5.4.5.4.1.2.7 PLL Calibration
          2. 5.4.5.4.2 PLL Spread Spectrum Modulation Module
            1. 5.4.5.4.2.1 Definition of SSMOD
            2. 5.4.5.4.2.2 SSMOD Configuration
        5. 5.4.5.5 PLLs Device-Specific Information
          1. 5.4.5.5.1 SSMOD Related Bitfields Table
          2. 5.4.5.5.2 Clock Synthesis Inputs to the PLLs
          3. 5.4.5.5.3 Clock Output Parameter
          4. 5.4.5.5.4 Calibration Related Bitfields
        6. 5.4.5.6 PLL and PLL Controller Connection
        7. 5.4.5.7 PLL, PLLCTRL, and HSDIV Controllers Programming Guide
          1. 5.4.5.7.1 PLL Initialization
            1. 5.4.5.7.1.1 Kick Protection Mechanism
            2. 5.4.5.7.1.2 PLL Initialization to PLL Mode
            3. 5.4.5.7.1.3 PLL Programming Requirements
          2. 5.4.5.7.2 HSDIV PLL Programming
          3. 5.4.5.7.3 PLL Controllers Programming - Dividers PLLDIVn and GO Operation
            1. 5.4.5.7.3.1 GO Operation
            2. 5.4.5.7.3.2 Software Steps to Modify PLLDIV Ratios
          4. 5.4.5.7.4 Entire Sequence for Programming PLLCTRL, HSDIV, and PLL
      6. 5.4.6 Registers
        1. 5.4.6.1 MCU_PLL0_CFG Registers
        2. 5.4.6.2 PLL0_CFG Registers
        3. 5.4.6.3 PLLCTRL0 Registers
  8. Processors and Accelerators
    1. 6.1 Compute Cluster
      1. 6.1.1 Compute Cluster Overview
      2. 6.1.2 Compute Cluster Functional Description
        1. 6.1.2.1 Compute Cluster Memory Regions
        2. 6.1.2.2 Compute Cluster Firewalls
        3. 6.1.2.3 Compute Cluster ECC Aggregators
      3. 6.1.3 Compute Cluster Registers
    2. 6.2 Dual-A72 MPU Subsystem
      1. 6.2.1 A72SS Overview
        1. 6.2.1.1 A72SS Introduction
        2. 6.2.1.2 A72SS Features
      2. 6.2.2 A72SS Integration
      3. 6.2.3 A72SS Functional Description
        1. 6.2.3.1  A72SS Block Diagram
        2. 6.2.3.2  A72SS A72 Cluster
        3. 6.2.3.3  A72SS Interfaces and Async Bridges
        4. 6.2.3.4  A72SS Interrupts
          1. 6.2.3.4.1 A72SS Interrupt Inputs
          2. 6.2.3.4.2 A72SS Interrupt Outputs
        5. 6.2.3.5  A72SS Power Management, Clocking and Reset
          1. 6.2.3.5.1 A72SS Power Management
          2. 6.2.3.5.2 A72SS Clocking
        6. 6.2.3.6  A72SS Debug Support
        7. 6.2.3.7  A72SS Timestamps
        8. 6.2.3.8  A72SS Watchdog
        9. 6.2.3.9  A72SS Internal Diagnostics
          1. 6.2.3.9.1 A72SS ECC Aggregators During Low Power States
          2. 6.2.3.9.2 A72SS CBASS Diagnostics
          3. 6.2.3.9.3 A72SS SRAM Diagnostics
          4. 6.2.3.9.4 A72SS SRAM ECC Aggregator Configurations
        10. 6.2.3.10 A72SS Cache Pre-Warming
        11. 6.2.3.11 A72SS Boot
        12. 6.2.3.12 A72SS IPC with Other CPUs
      4. 6.2.4 A72SS Registers
        1. 6.2.4.1 Arm A72 Cluster Registers
        2. 6.2.4.2 A72SS ECC Aggregator Registers
          1. 6.2.4.2.1 A72SS CLUSTER ECC Registers
          2. 6.2.4.2.2 A72SS CORE0 ECC Registers
          3. 6.2.4.2.3 A72SS CORE1 ECC Registers
    3. 6.3 Dual-R5F MCU Subsystem
      1. 6.3.1 R5FSS Overview
        1. 6.3.1.1 R5FSS Features
        2. 6.3.1.2 R5FSS Not Supported Features
      2. 6.3.2 R5FSS Integration
        1. 6.3.2.1 R5FSS Integration in MCU Domain
        2. 6.3.2.2 R5FSS Integration in MAIN Domain
      3. 6.3.3 R5FSS Functional Description
        1. 6.3.3.1  R5FSS Block Diagram
        2. 6.3.3.2  R5FSS Cortex-R5F Core
          1. 6.3.3.2.1 L1 Caches
          2. 6.3.3.2.2 Tightly-Coupled Memories (TCMs)
          3. 6.3.3.2.3 R5FSS Special Signals
        3. 6.3.3.3  R5FSS Interfaces
          1. 6.3.3.3.1 R5FSS Master Interfaces
          2. 6.3.3.3.2 R5FSS Slave Interfaces
        4. 6.3.3.4  R5FSS Power, Clocking and Reset
          1. 6.3.3.4.1 R5FSS Power
          2. 6.3.3.4.2 R5FSS Clocking
            1. 6.3.3.4.2.1 Changing MCU_R5FSS0 CPU Clock Frequency
          3. 6.3.3.4.3 R5FSS Reset
        5. 6.3.3.5  R5FSS Lockstep Error Detection Logic
          1. 6.3.3.5.1 CPU Output Compare Block
            1. 6.3.3.5.1.1 Operating Modes
            2. 6.3.3.5.1.2 Compare Block Active Mode
            3. 6.3.3.5.1.3 Self Test Mode
            4. 6.3.3.5.1.4 Compare Match Test
            5. 6.3.3.5.1.5 Compare Mismatch Test
            6. 6.3.3.5.1.6 Error Forcing Mode
            7. 6.3.3.5.1.7 Self Test Error Forcing Mode
          2. 6.3.3.5.2 Inactivity Monitor Block
            1. 6.3.3.5.2.1 Operating Modes
            2. 6.3.3.5.2.2 Compare Block Active Mode
            3. 6.3.3.5.2.3 Self Test Mode
            4. 6.3.3.5.2.4 Compare Match Test
            5. 6.3.3.5.2.5 Compare Mismatch Test
            6. 6.3.3.5.2.6 Error Forcing Mode
            7. 6.3.3.5.2.7 Self Test Error Forcing Mode
          3. 6.3.3.5.3 Polarity Inversion Logic
        6. 6.3.3.6  R5FSS Vectored Interrupt Manager (VIM)
          1. 6.3.3.6.1 VIM Overview
          2. 6.3.3.6.2 VIM Interrupt Inputs
          3. 6.3.3.6.3 VIM Interrupt Outputs
          4. 6.3.3.6.4 VIM Interrupt Vector Table (VIM RAM)
          5. 6.3.3.6.5 VIM Interrupt Prioritization
          6. 6.3.3.6.6 VIM ECC Support
          7. 6.3.3.6.7 VIM Lockstep Mode
          8. 6.3.3.6.8 VIM IDLE State
          9. 6.3.3.6.9 VIM Interrupt Handling
            1. 6.3.3.6.9.1 Servicing IRQ Through Vector Interface
            2. 6.3.3.6.9.2 Servicing IRQ Through MMR Interface
            3. 6.3.3.6.9.3 Servicing IRQ Through MMR Interface (Alternative)
            4. 6.3.3.6.9.4 Servicing FIQ
            5. 6.3.3.6.9.5 Servicing FIQ (Alternative)
        7. 6.3.3.7  R5FSS Region Address Translation (RAT)
          1. 6.3.3.7.1 RAT Overview
          2. 6.3.3.7.2 RAT Operation
          3. 6.3.3.7.3 RAT Error Logging
          4. 6.3.3.7.4 RAT Protection
        8. 6.3.3.8  R5FSS ECC Support
        9. 6.3.3.9  R5FSS Memory View
        10. 6.3.3.10 R5FSS Debug and Trace
        11. 6.3.3.11 R5FSS Boot Options
        12. 6.3.3.12 R5FSS Core Memory ECC Events
      4. 6.3.4 R5FSS Registers
        1. 6.3.4.1 R5FSS_CCMR5 Registers
        2. 6.3.4.2 R5FSS_CPU0_ECC_AGGR_CFG_REGS Registers
        3. 6.3.4.3 R5FSS_CPU1_ECC_AGGR_CFG_REGS Registers
        4. 6.3.4.4 R5FSS_VIM Registers
        5. 6.3.4.5 R5FSS_RAT Registers
        6. 6.3.4.6 R5FSS_EVNT_BUS_VBUSP_MMRS Registers
  9. Interprocessor Communication
    1. 7.1 Mailbox
      1. 7.1.1 Mailbox Overview
        1. 7.1.1.1 Mailbox Features
        2. 7.1.1.2 Mailbox Parameters
        3. 7.1.1.3 Mailbox Not Supported Features
      2. 7.1.2 Mailbox Integration
        1. 7.1.2.1 System Mailbox Integration
      3. 7.1.3 Mailbox Functional Description
        1. 7.1.3.1 Mailbox Block Diagram
        2. 7.1.3.2 Mailbox Software Reset
        3. 7.1.3.3 Mailbox Power Management
        4. 7.1.3.4 Mailbox Interrupt Requests
        5. 7.1.3.5 Mailbox Assignment
          1. 7.1.3.5.1 Description
        6. 7.1.3.6 Sending and Receiving Messages
          1. 7.1.3.6.1 Description
        7. 7.1.3.7 Example of Communication
      4. 7.1.4 Mailbox Programming Guide
        1. 7.1.4.1 Mailbox Low-level Programming Models
          1. 7.1.4.1.1 Global Initialization
            1. 7.1.4.1.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
            2. 7.1.4.1.1.2 Mailbox Global Initialization
              1. 7.1.4.1.1.2.1 Main Sequence - Mailbox Global Initialization
          2. 7.1.4.1.2 Mailbox Operational Modes Configuration
            1. 7.1.4.1.2.1 Mailbox Processing modes
              1. 7.1.4.1.2.1.1 Main Sequence - Sending a Message (Polling Method)
              2. 7.1.4.1.2.1.2 Main Sequence - Sending a Message (Interrupt Method)
              3. 7.1.4.1.2.1.3 Main Sequence - Receiving a Message (Polling Method)
              4. 7.1.4.1.2.1.4 Main Sequence - Receiving a Message (Interrupt Method)
          3. 7.1.4.1.3 Mailbox Events Servicing
            1. 7.1.4.1.3.1 Events Servicing in Sending Mode
            2. 7.1.4.1.3.2 Events Servicing in Receiving Mode
    2. 7.2 Spinlock
      1. 7.2.1 Spinlock Overview
        1. 7.2.1.1 Spinlock Not Supported Features
      2. 7.2.2 Spinlock Integration
      3. 7.2.3 Spinlock Functional Description
        1. 7.2.3.1 Spinlock Software Reset
        2. 7.2.3.2 Spinlock Power Management
        3. 7.2.3.3 About Spinlocks
        4. 7.2.3.4 Spinlock Functional Operation
      4. 7.2.4 Spinlock Programming Guide
        1. 7.2.4.1 Spinlock Low-level Programming Models
          1. 7.2.4.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
          2. 7.2.4.1.2 Basic Spinlock Operations
            1. 7.2.4.1.2.1 Spinlocks Clearing After a System Bug Recovery
            2. 7.2.4.1.2.2 Take and Release Spinlock
  10. Memory Controllers
    1. 8.1 Multicore Shared Memory Controller (MSMC)
      1. 8.1.1 MSMC Overview
        1. 8.1.1.1 MSMC Not Supported Features
      2. 8.1.2 MSMC Integration
        1. 8.1.2.1 MSMC Integration in MAIN Domain
        2. 8.1.2.2 639
      3. 8.1.3 MSMC Functional Description
        1. 8.1.3.1  MSMC Block Diagram
        2. 8.1.3.2  MSMC On-Chip Memory Banking
        3. 8.1.3.3  MSMC Snoop Filter and Data Cache
          1. 8.1.3.3.1 Way Partitioning
          2. 8.1.3.3.2 Cache Size Configuration and Associativity
        4. 8.1.3.4  MSMC Access Protection Checks
        5. 8.1.3.5  MSMC Null Slave
        6. 8.1.3.6  MSMC Resource Arbitration
        7. 8.1.3.7  MSMC Error Detection and Correction
          1. 8.1.3.7.1 On-chip SRAM and Pipeline Data Protection
          2. 8.1.3.7.2 On-chip SRAM L3 Cache Tag and Snoop Filter Protection
          3. 8.1.3.7.3 On-chip SRAM Memory Mapped SRAM Snoop Filter Protection
          4. 8.1.3.7.4 Background Parity Refresh (Scrubbing)
        8. 8.1.3.8  MSMC Interrupts
          1. 8.1.3.8.1 Raw Interrupt Registers
          2. 8.1.3.8.2 Interrupt Enable Registers
          3. 8.1.3.8.3 Triggered and Enabled Interrupts
        9. 8.1.3.9  MSMC Memory Regions
        10. 8.1.3.10 MSMC Hardware Coherence
          1. 8.1.3.10.1 Snoop Filter Broadcast Mode
        11. 8.1.3.11 MSMC Quality-of-Service
        12. 8.1.3.12 MSMC Memory Regions Protection
        13. 8.1.3.13 MSMC Cache Tag View
      4. 8.1.4 MSMC Registers
    2. 8.2 DDR Subsystem (DDRSS)
      1. 8.2.1 DDRSS Overview
        1. 8.2.1.1 DDRSS Not Supported Features
      2. 8.2.2 DDRSS Environment
      3. 8.2.3 DDRSS Integration
        1. 8.2.3.1 DDRSS Integration in MAIN Domain
      4. 8.2.4 DDRSS Functional Description
        1. 8.2.4.1 DDRSS MSMC2DDR Bridge
          1. 8.2.4.1.1 VBUSM.C Threads
          2. 8.2.4.1.2 Class of Service (CoS)
          3. 8.2.4.1.3 AXI Write Data All-Strobes
          4. 8.2.4.1.4 Inline ECC for SDRAM Data
            1. 8.2.4.1.4.1 ECC Cache
            2. 8.2.4.1.4.2 ECC Statistics
          5. 8.2.4.1.5 Opcode Checking
          6. 8.2.4.1.6 Address Alias Prevention
          7. 8.2.4.1.7 Data Error Detection and Correction
          8. 8.2.4.1.8 AXI Bus Timeout
        2. 8.2.4.2 DDRSS Interrupts
        3. 8.2.4.3 DDRSS Memory Regions
        4. 8.2.4.4 DDRSS ECC Support
        5. 8.2.4.5 DDRSS Dynamic Frequency Change Interface
        6. 8.2.4.6 DDR Controller Functional Description
          1. 8.2.4.6.1  DDR PHY Interface (DFI)
          2. 8.2.4.6.2  Command Queue
            1. 8.2.4.6.2.1 Placement Logic
            2. 8.2.4.6.2.2 Command Selection Logic
          3. 8.2.4.6.3  Low Power Control
          4. 8.2.4.6.4  Transaction Processing
          5. 8.2.4.6.5  BIST Engine
          6. 8.2.4.6.6  ECC Engine
          7. 8.2.4.6.7  Address Mapping
          8. 8.2.4.6.8  Paging Policy
          9. 8.2.4.6.9  DDR Controller Initialization
          10. 8.2.4.6.10 Programming LPDDR4 Memories
            1. 8.2.4.6.10.1 Frequency Set Point (FSP)
              1. 8.2.4.6.10.1.1 FSP Mode Register Programming During Initialization
              2. 8.2.4.6.10.1.2 FSP Mode Register Programming During Normal Operation
              3. 8.2.4.6.10.1.3 FSP Mode Register Programming During Dynamic Frequency Scaling
            2. 8.2.4.6.10.2 Data Bus Inversion (DBI)
            3. 8.2.4.6.10.3 On-Die Termination
              1. 8.2.4.6.10.3.1 LPDDR4 DQ ODT
              2. 8.2.4.6.10.3.2 LPDDR4 CA ODT
            4. 8.2.4.6.10.4 Byte Lane Swapping
            5. 8.2.4.6.10.5 DQS Interval Oscillator
              1. 8.2.4.6.10.5.1 Oscillator State Machine
            6. 8.2.4.6.10.6 Per-Bank Refresh (PBR)
              1. 8.2.4.6.10.6.1 Normal Operation
              2. 8.2.4.6.10.6.2 Continuous Refresh Request Mode
        7. 8.2.4.7 DDR PHY Functional Description
          1. 8.2.4.7.1  Data Slice
          2. 8.2.4.7.2  Address Slice
            1. 8.2.4.7.2.1 Address Swapping
          3. 8.2.4.7.3  Address/Control Slice
          4. 8.2.4.7.4  Clock Slice
          5. 8.2.4.7.5  DDR PHY Initialization
          6. 8.2.4.7.6  DDR PHY Dynamic Frequency Scaling (DFS)
          7. 8.2.4.7.7  Chip Select and Frequency Based Register Settings
          8. 8.2.4.7.8  Low-Power Modes
          9. 8.2.4.7.9  Training Support
            1. 8.2.4.7.9.1 Write Leveling
            2. 8.2.4.7.9.2 Read Gate Training
            3. 8.2.4.7.9.3 Read Data Eye Training
            4. 8.2.4.7.9.4 Write DQ Training
            5. 8.2.4.7.9.5 CA Training
            6. 8.2.4.7.9.6 CS Training
          10. 8.2.4.7.10 Data Bus Inversion (DBI)
          11. 8.2.4.7.11 I/O Pad Calibration
          12. 8.2.4.7.12 DQS Error
        8. 8.2.4.8 PI Functional Description
          1. 8.2.4.8.1 PI Initialization
      5. 8.2.5 DDRSS Registers
        1. 8.2.5.1 DDR Subsystem Registers
        2. 8.2.5.2 DDR Controller Registers
        3. 8.2.5.3 PI Registers
        4. 8.2.5.4 DDR PHY Registers
        5. 8.2.5.5 DDRSS0_ECC_AGGR_CTL Registers
        6. 8.2.5.6 DDRSS0_ECC_AGGR_VBUS Registers
        7. 8.2.5.7 DDRSS0_ECC_AGGR_CFG Registers
    3. 8.3 Peripheral Virtualization Unit (PVU)
      1. 8.3.1 PVU Overview
        1. 8.3.1.1 PVU Features
        2. 8.3.1.2 PVU Parameters
        3. 8.3.1.3 PVU Not Supported Features
      2. 8.3.2 PVU Integration
      3. 8.3.3 PVU Functional Description
        1. 8.3.3.1  Functional Operation Overview
        2. 8.3.3.2  PVU Channels
        3. 8.3.3.3  TLB
        4. 8.3.3.4  TLB Entry
        5. 8.3.3.5  TLB Selection
        6. 8.3.3.6  DMA Classes
        7. 8.3.3.7  General virtIDs
        8. 8.3.3.8  TLB Lookup
        9. 8.3.3.9  TLB Miss
        10. 8.3.3.10 Multiple Matching Entries
        11. 8.3.3.11 TLB Disable
        12. 8.3.3.12 TLB Chaining
        13. 8.3.3.13 TLB Permissions
        14. 8.3.3.14 Translation
        15. 8.3.3.15 Memory Attributes
        16. 8.3.3.16 Faulted Transactions
        17. 8.3.3.17 Non-Virtual Transactions
        18. 8.3.3.18 Allowed virtIDs
        19. 8.3.3.19 Software Control
        20. 8.3.3.20 Fault Logging
        21. 8.3.3.21 Alignment Restrictions
      4. 8.3.4 PVU Registers
        1. 8.3.4.1 NAVSS_PVU_CFG Registers
        2. 8.3.4.2 NAVSS0_PVU_CFG_TLBIF Registers
    4. 8.4 Region-based Address Translation (RAT) Module
      1. 8.4.1 RAT Functional Description
        1. 8.4.1.1 RAT Availability
        2. 8.4.1.2 RAT Operation
        3. 8.4.1.3 RAT Error Logging
      2. 8.4.2 RAT Registers
  11. Interrupts
    1. 9.1 Interrupt Architecture
    2. 9.2 Interrupt Controllers
      1. 9.2.1 Generic Interrupt Controller (GIC)
        1. 9.2.1.1 GIC Overview
          1. 9.2.1.1.1 GIC Features
          2. 9.2.1.1.2 GIC Not Supported Features
        2. 9.2.1.2 GIC Integration
        3. 9.2.1.3 GIC Functional Description
          1. 9.2.1.3.1 GIC Block Diagram
          2. 9.2.1.3.2 Arm GIC-500
          3. 9.2.1.3.3 GIC Interrupt Types
          4. 9.2.1.3.4 GIC Interfaces
          5. 9.2.1.3.5 GIC Interrupt Outputs
          6. 9.2.1.3.6 GIC ECC Support
          7. 9.2.1.3.7 GIC AXI2VBUSM and VBUSM2AXI Bridges
        4. 9.2.1.4 GIC Registers
          1. 9.2.1.4.1 Arm GIC-500 Registers
          2. 9.2.1.4.2 GIC_ECC_AGGR Registers
      2. 9.2.2 Other Interrupt Controllers
    3. 9.3 Interrupt Routers
      1. 9.3.1 INTRTR Overview
      2. 9.3.2 INTRTR Integration
        1. 9.3.2.1 WKUP_GPIOMUX_INTRTR0 Integration
        2. 9.3.2.2 GPIOMUX_INTRTR0 Integration
        3. 9.3.2.3 MAIN2MCU_LVL_INTRTR0 Integration
        4. 9.3.2.4 MAIN2MCU_PLS_INTRTR0 Integration
      3. 9.3.3 INTRTR Registers
        1. 9.3.3.1 WKUP_GPIOMUX_INTRTR0 Registers
        2. 9.3.3.2 GPIOMUX_INTRTR0 Registers
        3. 9.3.3.3 MAIN2MCU_LVL_INTRTR0 Registers
        4. 9.3.3.4 MAIN2MCU_PLS_INTRTR0 Registers
    4. 9.4 Interrupt Sources
      1. 9.4.1 WKUP Domain Interrupt Maps
        1. 9.4.1.1 WKUP_DMSC0 Interrupt Map
        2. 9.4.1.2 WKUP_GPIOMUX_INTRTR0 Interrupt Map
        3. 9.4.1.3 WKUP_GPIO0_VIRT Interrupt Map
        4. 9.4.1.4 WKUP_ESM0 Interrupt Map
      2. 9.4.2 MCU Domain Interrupt Maps
        1. 9.4.2.1 MCU_R5FSS0_CORE0 Interrupt Map
        2. 9.4.2.2 MCU_R5FSS0_CORE1 Interrupt Map
        3. 9.4.2.3 MCU_ESM0 Interrupt Map
      3. 9.4.3 MAIN Domain Interrupt Maps
        1. 9.4.3.1 COMPUTE_CLUSTER0 Interrupt Map
          1. 9.4.3.1.1 GIC500 PPI Interrupt Map
          2. 9.4.3.1.2 GIC500 SPI Interrupt Map
          3. 9.4.3.1.3 SoC Event Output Interrupt Map
        2. 9.4.3.2 R5FSS0_CORE0 Interrupt Map
        3. 9.4.3.3 R5FSS0_CORE1 Interrupt Map
        4. 9.4.3.4 MAIN2MCU_LVL_INTRTR0 Interrupt Map
        5. 9.4.3.5 MAIN2MCU_PLS_INTRTR0 Interrupt Map
        6. 9.4.3.6 GPIOMUX_INTRTR0 Interrupt Map
        7. 9.4.3.7 GPIO0_VIRT Interrupt Map
        8. 9.4.3.8 ESM0 Interrupt Map
  12. 10Data Movement Architecture (DMA)
    1. 10.1 DMA Architecture
      1. 10.1.1 Overview
        1. 10.1.1.1  Navigator Subsystem
        2. 10.1.1.2  Ring Accelerator (RA)
        3. 10.1.1.3  Proxy
        4. 10.1.1.4  Secure Proxy
        5. 10.1.1.5  Interrupt Aggregator (INTA)
        6. 10.1.1.6  Interrupt Router (IR)
        7. 10.1.1.7  Unified DMA – Third Party Channel Controller (UDMA-C)
        8. 10.1.1.8  Unified Transfer Controller (UTC)
        9. 10.1.1.9  Data Routing Unit (DRU)
        10. 10.1.1.10 Unified DMA – Peripheral Root Complex (UDMA-P)
          1. 10.1.1.10.1 Channel Classes
        11. 10.1.1.11 Peripheral DMA (PDMA)
        12. 10.1.1.12 Embedded DMA
        13. 10.1.1.13 Definition of Terms
      2. 10.1.2 UDMA Hardware/Software Interface
        1. 10.1.2.1 Data Buffers
        2. 10.1.2.2 Descriptors
          1. 10.1.2.2.1 Host Packet Descriptor
          2. 10.1.2.2.2 Host Buffer Descriptor
          3. 10.1.2.2.3 Monolithic Packet Descriptor
          4. 10.1.2.2.4 Transfer Request Descriptor
        3. 10.1.2.3 Transfer Request Record
          1. 10.1.2.3.1 Overview
          2. 10.1.2.3.2 Addressing Algorithm
            1. 10.1.2.3.2.1 Linear Addressing (Forward)
          3. 10.1.2.3.3 Transfer Request Formats
          4. 10.1.2.3.4 Flags Field Definition
            1. 10.1.2.3.4.1 Type: TR Type Field
            2. 10.1.2.3.4.2 STATIC: Static Field Definition
            3. 10.1.2.3.4.3 EVENT_SIZE: Event Generation Definition
            4. 10.1.2.3.4.4 TRIGGER INFO: TR Triggers
            5. 10.1.2.3.4.5 TRIGGERX_TYPE: Trigger Type
            6. 10.1.2.3.4.6 TRIGGERX: Trigger Selection
            7. 10.1.2.3.4.7 CMD ID: Command ID Field Definition
            8. 10.1.2.3.4.8 Configuration Specific Flags Definition
          5. 10.1.2.3.5 TR Address and Size Attributes
            1. 10.1.2.3.5.1  ICNT0
            2. 10.1.2.3.5.2  ICNT1
            3. 10.1.2.3.5.3  ADDR
            4. 10.1.2.3.5.4  DIM1
            5. 10.1.2.3.5.5  ICNT2
            6. 10.1.2.3.5.6  ICNT3
            7. 10.1.2.3.5.7  DIM2
            8. 10.1.2.3.5.8  DIM3
            9. 10.1.2.3.5.9  DDIM1
            10. 10.1.2.3.5.10 DADDR
            11. 10.1.2.3.5.11 DDIM2
            12. 10.1.2.3.5.12 DDIM3
            13. 10.1.2.3.5.13 DICNT0
            14. 10.1.2.3.5.14 DICNT1
            15. 10.1.2.3.5.15 DICNT2
            16. 10.1.2.3.5.16 DICNT3
          6. 10.1.2.3.6 FMTFLAGS
            1. 10.1.2.3.6.1 AMODE: Addressing Mode Definition
              1. 10.1.2.3.6.1.1 Linear Addressing
              2. 10.1.2.3.6.1.2 Circular Addressing
            2. 10.1.2.3.6.2 DIR: Addressing Mode Direction Definition
            3. 10.1.2.3.6.3 ELTYPE: Element Type Definition
            4. 10.1.2.3.6.4 DFMT: Data Formatting Algorithm Definition
            5. 10.1.2.3.6.5 SECTR: Secondary Transfer Request Definition
              1. 10.1.2.3.6.5.1 Secondary TR Formats
              2. 10.1.2.3.6.5.2 Secondary TR FLAGS
                1. 10.1.2.3.6.5.2.1 SEC_TR_TYPE: Secondary TR Type Field
                2. 10.1.2.3.6.5.2.2 Multiple Buffer Interleave
            6. 10.1.2.3.6.6 AMODE SPECIFIC: Addressing Mode Field
              1. 10.1.2.3.6.6.1 Circular Address Mode Specific Flags
                1. 10.1.2.3.6.6.1.1 CBK0 and CBK1: Circular Block Size Selection
                2. 10.1.2.3.6.6.1.2 Amx: Addressing Mode Selection
            7. 10.1.2.3.6.7 Cache Flags
        4. 10.1.2.4 Transfer Response Record
          1. 10.1.2.4.1 STATUS Field Definition
            1. 10.1.2.4.1.1 STATUS_TYPE Definition
              1. 10.1.2.4.1.1.1 Transfer Error
              2. 10.1.2.4.1.1.2 Aborted Error
              3. 10.1.2.4.1.1.3 Submission Error
              4. 10.1.2.4.1.1.4 Unsupported Feature
              5. 10.1.2.4.1.1.5 Transfer Exception
              6. 10.1.2.4.1.1.6 Teardown Flush
        5. 10.1.2.5 Queues
          1. 10.1.2.5.1 Queue Types
            1. 10.1.2.5.1.1 Transmit Queues (Pass By Reference)
            2. 10.1.2.5.1.2 Transmit Queues (Pass By Value)
            3. 10.1.2.5.1.3 Transmit Completion Queues (Pass By Reference)
            4. 10.1.2.5.1.4 Transmit Completion Queues (Pass By Value)
            5. 10.1.2.5.1.5 Receive Queues
            6. 10.1.2.5.1.6 Free Descriptor Queues
            7. 10.1.2.5.1.7 Free Descriptor/Buffer Queues
          2. 10.1.2.5.2 Ring Accelerator Queues Implementation
      3. 10.1.3 Operational Description
        1. 10.1.3.1  Resource Allocation
        2. 10.1.3.2  Ring Accelerator Operation
          1. 10.1.3.2.1 Queue Initialization
          2. 10.1.3.2.2 Queuing packets (Exposed Ring Mode)
          3. 10.1.3.2.3 De-queuing packets (Exposed Ring Mode)
          4. 10.1.3.2.4 Queuing packets (Queue Mode)
          5. 10.1.3.2.5 De-queuing packets (Queue Mode)
        3. 10.1.3.3  UDMA Internal Transmit Channel Setup (All Packet Types)
        4. 10.1.3.4  UDMA Internal Transmit Channel Teardown (All Packet Types)
        5. 10.1.3.5  UDMA External Transmit Channel Setup
        6. 10.1.3.6  UDMA Transmit External Channel Teardown
        7. 10.1.3.7  UDMA-P Transmit Channel Pause
        8. 10.1.3.8  UDMA-P Transmit Operation (Host Packet Type)
        9. 10.1.3.9  UDMA-P Transmit Operation (Monolithic Packet)
        10. 10.1.3.10 UDMA Transmit Operation (TR Packet)
        11. 10.1.3.11 UDMA Transmit Operation (Direct TR)
        12. 10.1.3.12 UDMA Transmit Error/Exception Handling
          1. 10.1.3.12.1 Null Icnt0 Error
          2. 10.1.3.12.2 Unsupported TR Type
          3. 10.1.3.12.3 Bus Errors
        13. 10.1.3.13 UDMA Receive Channel Setup (All Packet Types)
        14. 10.1.3.14 UDMA Receive Channel Teardown
        15. 10.1.3.15 UDMA-P Receive Channel Pause
        16. 10.1.3.16 UDMA-P Receive Free Descriptor/Buffer Queue Setup (Host Packets)
        17. 10.1.3.17 UDMA-P Receive FlowID Firewall Operation
        18. 10.1.3.18 UDMA-P Receive Operation (Host Packet)
        19. 10.1.3.19 UDMA-P Receive Operation (Monolithic Packet)
        20. 10.1.3.20 UDMA Receive Operation (TR Packet)
        21. 10.1.3.21 UDMA Receive Operation (Direct TR)
        22. 10.1.3.22 UDMA Receive Error/Exception Handling
          1. 10.1.3.22.1 Error Conditions
            1. 10.1.3.22.1.1 Bus Errors
            2. 10.1.3.22.1.2 Null Icnt0 Error
            3. 10.1.3.22.1.3 Unsupported TR Type
          2. 10.1.3.22.2 Exception Conditions Exception Conditions
            1. 10.1.3.22.2.1 Descriptor Starvation
            2. 10.1.3.22.2.2 Protocol Errors
            3. 10.1.3.22.2.3 Dropped Packets
            4. 10.1.3.22.2.4 Reception of EOL Delimiter
            5. 10.1.3.22.2.5 EOP Asserted Prematurely (Short Packet)
            6. 10.1.3.22.2.6 EOP Asserted Late (Long Packets)
        23. 10.1.3.23 UTC Operation
        24. 10.1.3.24 UTC Receive Error/Exception Handling
          1. 10.1.3.24.1 Error Handling
            1. 10.1.3.24.1.1 Null Icnt0 Error
            2. 10.1.3.24.1.2 Unsupported TR Type
          2. 10.1.3.24.2 Exception Conditions
            1. 10.1.3.24.2.1 Reception of EOL Delimiter
            2. 10.1.3.24.2.2 EOP Asserted Prematurely (Short Packet)
            3. 10.1.3.24.2.3 EOP Asserted Late (Long Packets)
    2. 10.2 Navigator Subsystem (NAVSS)
      1. 10.2.1  Main Navigator Subsystem (NAVSS)
        1. 10.2.1.1 NAVSS Overview
        2. 10.2.1.2 NAVSS Integration
          1. 10.2.1.2.1 NAVSS Interrupt Router Configuration
          2. 10.2.1.2.2 Global Event Map
          3. 10.2.1.2.3 PSI-L System Thread Map (All NAVSS)
          4. 10.2.1.2.4 NAVSS VBUSM Route ID Table
        3. 10.2.1.3 NAVSS Functional Description
        4. 10.2.1.4 NAVSS Interrupt Configuration
          1. 10.2.1.4.1 NAVSS Event and Interrupt Flow
            1. 10.2.1.4.1.1 NAVSS Interrupts Description
            2. 10.2.1.4.1.2 Application Example
        5. 10.2.1.5 NAVSS Top-level Registers
          1. 10.2.1.5.1 NAVSS0_CFG Registers
          2. 10.2.1.5.2 INTR0_INTR_ROUTER_CFG Registers
          3. 10.2.1.5.3 VIRTID_CFG_MMRS Registers
      2. 10.2.2  MCU Navigator Subsystem (MCU NAVSS)
        1. 10.2.2.1 MCU NAVSS Overview
        2. 10.2.2.2 MCU NAVSS Integration
          1. 10.2.2.2.1  MCU NAVSS Interrupt Router Configuration
          2. 10.2.2.2.2  MCU NAVSS UDMASS Interrupt Aggregator Configuration
          3. 10.2.2.2.3  MCU NAVSS UDMA Configuration
          4. 10.2.2.2.4  MCU NAVSS Ring Accelerator Configuration
          5. 10.2.2.2.5  MCU NAVSS Proxy Configuration
          6. 10.2.2.2.6  MCU NAVSS Secure Proxy Configuration
          7. 10.2.2.2.7  Global Event Map
          8. 10.2.2.2.8  PSI-L System Thread Map (All NAVSS)
          9. 10.2.2.2.9  MCU NAVSS VBUSM Route ID Table
          10. 10.2.2.2.10 1006
        3. 10.2.2.3 MCU NAVSS Functional Description
        4. 10.2.2.4 MCU NAVSS Top-Level Registers
          1. 10.2.2.4.1 MCU_NAVSS0_CFG Registers
          2. 10.2.2.4.2 MCU_NAVSS0_UDMASS_ECCAGGR0 Registers
      3. 10.2.3  Unified DMA Controller (UDMA)
        1. 10.2.3.1 UDMA Overview
          1. 10.2.3.1.1 UDMA Features
          2. 10.2.3.1.2 UDMA Parameters
        2. 10.2.3.2 UDMA Integration
        3. 10.2.3.3 UDMA Functional Description
          1. 10.2.3.3.1 Block Diagram
          2. 10.2.3.3.2 General Functionality
            1. 10.2.3.3.2.1  Operational States
            2. 10.2.3.3.2.2  Tx Channel Allocation
            3. 10.2.3.3.2.3  Rx Channel Allocation
            4. 10.2.3.3.2.4  Tx Teardown
            5. 10.2.3.3.2.5  Rx Teardown
            6. 10.2.3.3.2.6  Tx Clock Stop
            7. 10.2.3.3.2.7  Rx Clock Stop
            8. 10.2.3.3.2.8  Rx Thread Enables
            9. 10.2.3.3.2.9  Events
              1. 10.2.3.3.2.9.1 Local Event Inputs
              2. 10.2.3.3.2.9.2 Inbound Tx PSI-L Events
              3. 10.2.3.3.2.9.3 Outbound Rx PSI-L Events
            10. 10.2.3.3.2.10 Emulation Control
          3. 10.2.3.3.3 Packet Oriented Transmit Operation
            1. 10.2.3.3.3.1 Packet Mode VBUSM Master Interface Command ID Selection
          4. 10.2.3.3.4 Packet Oriented Receive Operation
            1. 10.2.3.3.4.1 Rx Packet Drop
            2. 10.2.3.3.4.2 Rx Starvation and the Starvation Timer
          5. 10.2.3.3.5 Third Party Mode Operation
            1. 10.2.3.3.5.1 Events and Flow Control
              1. 10.2.3.3.5.1.1 Channel Triggering
              2. 10.2.3.3.5.1.2 Internal TR Completion Events
            2. 10.2.3.3.5.2 Transmit Operation
              1. 10.2.3.3.5.2.1 Transfer Request
              2. 10.2.3.3.5.2.2 Transfer Response
              3. 10.2.3.3.5.2.3 Data Transfer
              4. 10.2.3.3.5.2.4 Memory Interface Transactions
              5. 10.2.3.3.5.2.5 Error Handling
            3. 10.2.3.3.5.3 Receive Operation
              1. 10.2.3.3.5.3.1 Transfer Request
              2. 10.2.3.3.5.3.2 Transfer Response
              3. 10.2.3.3.5.3.3 Error Handling
            4. 10.2.3.3.5.4 Data Transfer
              1. 10.2.3.3.5.4.1 Memory Interface Transactions
              2. 10.2.3.3.5.4.2 Rx Packet Drop
        4. 10.2.3.4 UDMA Registers
          1. 10.2.3.4.1 UDMASS_UDMAP0_CFG Registers
          2. 10.2.3.4.2 UDMASS_UDMAP0_CFG_TCHAN Registers
          3. 10.2.3.4.3 UDMASS_UDMAP0_CFG_RCHAN Registers
          4. 10.2.3.4.4 UDMASS_UDMAP0_CFG_RFLOW Registers
          5. 10.2.3.4.5 UDMASS_UDMAP0_CFG_RCHANRT Registers
          6. 10.2.3.4.6 UDMASS_UDMAP0_CFG_TCHANRT Registers
      4. 10.2.4  Ring Accelerator (RINGACC)
        1. 10.2.4.1 RINGACC Overview
          1. 10.2.4.1.1 RINGACC Features
          2. 10.2.4.1.2 RINGACC Not Supported Features
          3. 10.2.4.1.3 RINGACC Parameters
        2. 10.2.4.2 RINGACC Integration
        3. 10.2.4.3 RINGACC Functional Description
          1. 10.2.4.3.1 Block Diagram
            1. 10.2.4.3.1.1  Configuration Registers
            2. 10.2.4.3.1.2  Source Command FIFO
            3. 10.2.4.3.1.3  Source Write Data FIFO
            4. 10.2.4.3.1.4  Source Read Data FIFO
            5. 10.2.4.3.1.5  Source Write Status FIFO
            6. 10.2.4.3.1.6  Main State Machine
            7. 10.2.4.3.1.7  Destination Command FIFO
            8. 10.2.4.3.1.8  Destination Write Data FIFO
            9. 10.2.4.3.1.9  Destination Read Data FIFO
            10. 10.2.4.3.1.10 Destination Write Status FIFO
          2. 10.2.4.3.2 RINGACC Functional Operation
            1. 10.2.4.3.2.1 Queue Modes
              1. 10.2.4.3.2.1.1 Ring Mode
              2. 10.2.4.3.2.1.2 Messaging Mode
              3. 10.2.4.3.2.1.3 Credentials Mode
              4. 10.2.4.3.2.1.4 Queue Manager Mode
              5. 10.2.4.3.2.1.5 Peek Support
              6. 10.2.4.3.2.1.6 Index Register Operation
            2. 10.2.4.3.2.2 VBUSM Slave Ring Operations
            3. 10.2.4.3.2.3 VBUSM Master Interface Command ID Selection
            4. 10.2.4.3.2.4 Ring Push Operation (VBUSM Write to Source Interface)
            5. 10.2.4.3.2.5 Ring Pop Operation (VBUSM Read from Source Interface)
            6. 10.2.4.3.2.6 Host Doorbell Access
            7. 10.2.4.3.2.7 Queue Push Operation (VBUSM Write to Source Interface)
            8. 10.2.4.3.2.8 Queue Pop Operation (VBUSM Read from Source Interface)
            9. 10.2.4.3.2.9 Mismatched Element Size Handling
          3. 10.2.4.3.3 Events
          4. 10.2.4.3.4 Bus Error Handling
          5. 10.2.4.3.5 Monitors
            1. 10.2.4.3.5.1 Threshold Monitor
            2. 10.2.4.3.5.2 Watermark Monitor
            3. 10.2.4.3.5.3 Starvation Monitor
            4. 10.2.4.3.5.4 Statistics Monitor
            5. 10.2.4.3.5.5 Overflow
            6. 10.2.4.3.5.6 Ring Update Port
            7. 10.2.4.3.5.7 Tracing
        4. 10.2.4.4 RINGACC Registers
          1. 10.2.4.4.1 NAVSS0_UDMASS_RINGACC0_CFG Registers
          2. 10.2.4.4.2 NAVSS0_UDMASS_RINGACC0_GCFG Registers
          3. 10.2.4.4.3 NAVSS0_UDMASS_RINGACC0_CFG_MON Registers
          4. 10.2.4.4.4 NAVSS0_UDMASS_RINGACC0_CFG_RT Registers
          5. 10.2.4.4.5 NAVSS0_UDMASS_RINGACC0_SRC_FIFOS Registers
      5. 10.2.5  Proxy
        1. 10.2.5.1 Proxy Overview
          1. 10.2.5.1.1 Proxy Features
          2. 10.2.5.1.2 Proxy Parameters
          3. 10.2.5.1.3 Proxy Not Supported Features
        2. 10.2.5.2 Proxy Integration
        3. 10.2.5.3 Proxy Functional Description
          1. 10.2.5.3.1  Targets
            1. 10.2.5.3.1.1 Ring Accelerator
          2. 10.2.5.3.2  Proxy Sizes
          3. 10.2.5.3.3  Proxy Interleaving
          4. 10.2.5.3.4  Proxy Host States
          5. 10.2.5.3.5  Proxy Host Channel Selection
          6. 10.2.5.3.6  Proxy Host Access
            1. 10.2.5.3.6.1 Proxy Host Writes
            2. 10.2.5.3.6.2 Proxy Host Reads
          7. 10.2.5.3.7  Permission Inheritance
          8. 10.2.5.3.8  Buffer Size
          9. 10.2.5.3.9  Error Events
          10. 10.2.5.3.10 Debug Reads
        4. 10.2.5.4 Proxy Registers
          1. 10.2.5.4.1 NAVSS0_PROXY0_CFG_BUF_CFG Registers
          2. 10.2.5.4.2 NAVSS0_PROXY0_BUF_CFG Registers
          3. 10.2.5.4.3 NAVSS0_PROXY_BUF Registers
          4. 10.2.5.4.4 NAVSS0_PROXY_TARGET0_DATA Registers
      6. 10.2.6  Secure Proxy
        1. 10.2.6.1 Secure Proxy Overview
          1. 10.2.6.1.1 Secure Proxy Features
          2. 10.2.6.1.2 Secure Proxy Parameters
          3. 10.2.6.1.3 Secure Proxy Not Supported Features
        2. 10.2.6.2 Secure Proxy Integration
        3. 10.2.6.3 Secure Proxy Functional Description
          1. 10.2.6.3.1  Targets
            1. 10.2.6.3.1.1 Ring Accelerator
          2. 10.2.6.3.2  Buffers
            1. 10.2.6.3.2.1 Proxy Credits
            2. 10.2.6.3.2.2 Proxy Private Word
            3. 10.2.6.3.2.3 Completion Byte
          3. 10.2.6.3.3  Proxy Thread Sizes
          4. 10.2.6.3.4  Proxy Thread Interleaving
          5. 10.2.6.3.5  Proxy States
          6. 10.2.6.3.6  Proxy Host Access
            1. 10.2.6.3.6.1 Proxy Host Writes
            2. 10.2.6.3.6.2 Proxy Host Reads
            3. 10.2.6.3.6.3 Buffer Accesses
            4. 10.2.6.3.6.4 Target Access
            5. 10.2.6.3.6.5 Error State
          7. 10.2.6.3.7  Permission Inheritance
          8. 10.2.6.3.8  Resource Association
          9. 10.2.6.3.9  Direction
          10. 10.2.6.3.10 Threshold Events
          11. 10.2.6.3.11 Error Events
          12. 10.2.6.3.12 Bus Errors and Credits
          13. 10.2.6.3.13 Debug
        4. 10.2.6.4 Secure Proxy Registers
          1. 10.2.6.4.1 NAVSS0_SEC_PROXY0_CFG_MMRS Registers
          2. 10.2.6.4.2 NAVSS0_SEC_PROXY0_CFG_RT Registers
          3. 10.2.6.4.3 NAVSS0_SEC_PROXY0_CFG_SCFG Registers
          4. 10.2.6.4.4 NAVSS0_SEC_PROXY0_SRC_TARGET_DATA Registers
      7. 10.2.7  Interrupt Aggregator (INTR_AGGR)
        1. 10.2.7.1 INTR_AGGR Overview
          1. 10.2.7.1.1 INTR_AGGR Features
          2. 10.2.7.1.2 INTR_AGGR Parameters
        2. 10.2.7.2 INTR_AGGR Integration
        3. 10.2.7.3 INTR_AGGR Functional Description
          1. 10.2.7.3.1 Submodule Descriptions
            1. 10.2.7.3.1.1 Status/Mask Registers
            2. 10.2.7.3.1.2 Interrupt Mapping Block
            3. 10.2.7.3.1.3 Global Event Input (GEVI) Counters
            4. 10.2.7.3.1.4 Local Event Input (LEVI) to Global Event Conversion
            5. 10.2.7.3.1.5 Global Event Multicast
          2. 10.2.7.3.2 General Functionality
            1. 10.2.7.3.2.1 Event to Interrupt Bit Steering
            2. 10.2.7.3.2.2 Interrupt Status
            3. 10.2.7.3.2.3 Interrupt Masked Status
            4. 10.2.7.3.2.4 Enabling/Disabling Individual Interrupt Source Bits
            5. 10.2.7.3.2.5 Interrupt Output Generation
            6. 10.2.7.3.2.6 Global Event Counting
            7. 10.2.7.3.2.7 Local Event to Global Event Conversion
            8. 10.2.7.3.2.8 Global Event Multicast
        4. 10.2.7.4 INTR_AGGR Registers
          1. 10.2.7.4.1  MODSS_INTA_CFG Registers
          2. 10.2.7.4.2  MODSS_INTA_CFG_IMAP Registers
          3. 10.2.7.4.3  MODSS_INTA_CFG_INTR Registers
          4. 10.2.7.4.4  UDMASS_INTA0_CFG Registers
          5. 10.2.7.4.5  UDMASS_INTA0_CFG_INTR Registers
          6. 10.2.7.4.6  UDMASS_INTA0_CFG_IMAP Registers
          7. 10.2.7.4.7  UDMASS_INTA0_CFG_L2G Registers
          8. 10.2.7.4.8  UDMASS_INTA0_CFG_MCAST Registers
          9. 10.2.7.4.9  UDMASS_INTA0_CFG_GCNTCFG Registers
          10. 10.2.7.4.10 UDMASS_INTA0_CFG_GCNTRTI Registers
      8. 10.2.8  Packet Streaming Interface Link (PSI-L)
        1. 10.2.8.1 PSI-L Overview
        2. 10.2.8.2 PSI-L Functional Description
          1. 10.2.8.2.1 PSI-L Introduction
          2. 10.2.8.2.2 PSI-L Operation
            1. 10.2.8.2.2.1 Event Transport
            2. 10.2.8.2.2.2 Threads
            3. 10.2.8.2.2.3 Arbitration Protocol
            4. 10.2.8.2.2.4 Thread Configuration
              1. 10.2.8.2.2.4.1 Thread Pairing
                1. 10.2.8.2.2.4.1.1 Configuration Transaction Pairing
              2. 10.2.8.2.2.4.2 Configuration Registers Region
        3. 10.2.8.3 PSI-L Configuration Registers
        4. 10.2.8.4 PSI-L CFG_PROXY Registers
      9. 10.2.9  PSIL Subsystem (PSILSS)
        1. 10.2.9.1 PSILSS Overview
          1. 10.2.9.1.1 PSILSS Features
        2. 10.2.9.2 PSILSS Functional Description
          1. 10.2.9.2.1 PSILSS Basic Operation
          2. 10.2.9.2.2 PSILSS Event Routing
          3. 10.2.9.2.3 PSILSS Link Down Detection
          4. 10.2.9.2.4 PSILSS Configuration
        3. 10.2.9.3 PSILSS Registers
          1. 10.2.9.3.1 PDMA_USART_PSILSS0 Registers
          2. 10.2.9.3.2 PDMA_SPI_PSILSS0 Registers
      10. 10.2.10 NAVSS North Bridge (NB)
        1. 10.2.10.1 NB Overview
          1. 10.2.10.1.1 Features Supported
          2. 10.2.10.1.2 NB Parameters
            1. 10.2.10.1.2.1 Compliance to Standards
            2. 10.2.10.1.2.2 Features Not Supported
        2. 10.2.10.2 NB Functional Description
          1. 10.2.10.2.1  VBUSM Slave Interfaces
          2. 10.2.10.2.2  VBUSM Master Interface
          3. 10.2.10.2.3  VBUSM.C Interfaces
            1. 10.2.10.2.3.1 Multi-Threading
            2. 10.2.10.2.3.2 Write Command Crediting
            3. 10.2.10.2.3.3 Early Credit Response
            4. 10.2.10.2.3.4 Priority Escalation
          4. 10.2.10.2.4  Source M2M Bridges
          5. 10.2.10.2.5  Destination M2M Bridge
          6. 10.2.10.2.6  M2C Bridge
          7. 10.2.10.2.7  Memory Attribute Tables
          8. 10.2.10.2.8  Outstanding Read Data Limiter
          9. 10.2.10.2.9  Ordering
          10. 10.2.10.2.10 Quality of Service
          11. 10.2.10.2.11 IDLE Behavior
          12. 10.2.10.2.12 Clock Power Management
        3. 10.2.10.3 NB Registers
          1. 10.2.10.3.1 NAVSS0_NBSS_CFG_REGS0_MMRS Registers
          2. 10.2.10.3.2 NAVSS0_NBSS_NB_CFG_MMRS Registers
    3. 10.3 Peripheral DMA (PDMA)
      1. 10.3.1 PDMA Controller
        1. 10.3.1.1 PDMA Overview
          1. 10.3.1.1.1 PDMA Features
            1. 10.3.1.1.1.1  MCU_PDMA0 (MCU_PDMA_MISC_G0) Features
            2. 10.3.1.1.1.2  MCU_PDMA1 (MCU_PDMA_MISC_G1) Features
            3. 10.3.1.1.1.3  MCU_PDMA2 (MCU_PDMA_MISC_G2) Features
            4. 10.3.1.1.1.4  MCU_PDMA3 (MCU_PDMA_ADC) Features
            5. 10.3.1.1.1.5  PDMA2 (PDMA_DEBUG_CCMCU) Features
            6. 10.3.1.1.1.6  PDMA5 (PDMA_MCAN) Features
            7. 10.3.1.1.1.7  PDMA6 (PDMA_MCASP_G0) Features
            8. 10.3.1.1.1.8  PDMA9 (PDMA_SPI_G0) Features
            9. 10.3.1.1.1.9  PDMA10 (PDMA_SPI_G1) Features
            10. 10.3.1.1.1.10 PDMA13 (PDMA_USART_G0) Features
            11. 10.3.1.1.1.11 PDMA14 (PDMA_USART_G1) Features
            12. 10.3.1.1.1.12 PDMA15 (PDMA_USART_G2) Features
        2. 10.3.1.2 PDMA Integration
          1. 10.3.1.2.1 PDMA Integration in MCU Domain
          2. 10.3.1.2.2 PDMA Integration in MAIN Domain
        3. 10.3.1.3 PDMA Functional Description
          1. 10.3.1.3.1 PDMA Functional Blocks
            1. 10.3.1.3.1.1 Scheduler
            2. 10.3.1.3.1.2 Tx Per-Channel Buffers (TCP FIFO)
            3. 10.3.1.3.1.3 Tx DMA Unit (Tx Engine)
            4. 10.3.1.3.1.4 Rx Per-Channel Buffers (RCP FIFO)
            5. 10.3.1.3.1.5 Rx DMA Unit (Rx Engine)
          2. 10.3.1.3.2 PDMA General Functionality
            1. 10.3.1.3.2.1 Operational States
            2. 10.3.1.3.2.2 Clock Stop
            3. 10.3.1.3.2.3 Emulation Control
          3. 10.3.1.3.3 PDMA Events and Flow Control
            1. 10.3.1.3.3.1 Channel Types
              1. 10.3.1.3.3.1.1 X-Y FIFO Mode
              2. 10.3.1.3.3.1.2 MCAN Mode
              3. 10.3.1.3.3.1.3 AASRC Mode
              4. 10.3.1.3.3.1.4 1288
            2. 10.3.1.3.3.2 Channel Triggering
            3. 10.3.1.3.3.3 Completion Events
          4. 10.3.1.3.4 PDMA Transmit Operation
            1. 10.3.1.3.4.1 Destination (Tx) Channel Allocation
            2. 10.3.1.3.4.2 Destination (Tx) Channel Out-of-Band Signals
            3. 10.3.1.3.4.3 Destination Channel Initialization
              1. 10.3.1.3.4.3.1 PSI-L Destination Thread Pairing
              2. 10.3.1.3.4.3.2 Static Transfer Request Setup
              3. 10.3.1.3.4.3.3 1297
              4. 10.3.1.3.4.3.4 PSI-L Destination Thread Enables
            4. 10.3.1.3.4.4 Data Transfer
              1. 10.3.1.3.4.4.1 X-Y FIFO Mode Channel
                1. 10.3.1.3.4.4.1.1 X-Y FIFO Burst Mode
              2. 10.3.1.3.4.4.2 MCAN Mode Channel
                1. 10.3.1.3.4.4.2.1 MCAN Burst Mode
              3. 10.3.1.3.4.4.3 AASRC Mode Channel
            5. 10.3.1.3.4.5 Tx Pause
            6. 10.3.1.3.4.6 Tx Teardown
            7. 10.3.1.3.4.7 Tx Channel Reset
            8. 10.3.1.3.4.8 Tx Debug/State Registers
          5. 10.3.1.3.5 PDMA Receive Operation
            1. 10.3.1.3.5.1 Source (Rx) Channel Allocation
            2. 10.3.1.3.5.2 Source Channel Initialization
              1. 10.3.1.3.5.2.1 PSI-L Source Thread Pairing
              2. 10.3.1.3.5.2.2 Static Transfer Request Setup
              3. 10.3.1.3.5.2.3 PSI-L Source Thread Enables
            3. 10.3.1.3.5.3 Data Transfer
              1. 10.3.1.3.5.3.1 X-Y FIFO Mode Channel
              2. 10.3.1.3.5.3.2 MCAN Mode Channel
                1. 10.3.1.3.5.3.2.1 MCAN Burst Mode
              3. 10.3.1.3.5.3.3 AASRC Mode Channel
            4. 10.3.1.3.5.4 Rx Pause
            5. 10.3.1.3.5.5 Rx Teardown
            6. 10.3.1.3.5.6 Rx Channel Reset
            7. 10.3.1.3.5.7 Rx Debug/State Register
          6. 10.3.1.3.6 PDMA ECC Support
        4. 10.3.1.4 PDMA Registers
          1. 10.3.1.4.1 PDMA5 ECC Registers
          2. 10.3.1.4.2 PDMA9 ECC Registers
          3. 10.3.1.4.3 PDMA10 ECC Registers
          4. 10.3.1.4.4 PDMA PSI-L TX Configuration Registers
          5. 10.3.1.4.5 PDMA PSI-L RX Configuration Registers
      2. 10.3.2 PDMA Sources
        1. 10.3.2.1 MCU Domain PDMA Event Maps
          1. 10.3.2.1.1 MCU_PDMA_MISC_G0 Event Map
          2. 10.3.2.1.2 MCU_PDMA_MISC_G1 Event Map
          3. 10.3.2.1.3 MCU_PDMA_MISC_G2 Event Map
          4. 10.3.2.1.4 MCU_PDMA_ADC Event Map
        2. 10.3.2.2 MAIN Domain PDMA Event Maps
          1. 10.3.2.2.1 PDMA_DEBUG_CCMCU Event Map
          2. 10.3.2.2.2 PDMA_MCAN Event Map
          3. 10.3.2.2.3 PDMA_MCASP_G0 Event Map
          4. 10.3.2.2.4 PDMA_SPI_G0 Event Map
          5. 10.3.2.2.5 PDMA_SPI_G1 Event Map
          6. 10.3.2.2.6 PDMA_USART_G0 Event Map
          7. 10.3.2.2.7 PDMA_USART_G1 Event Map
          8. 10.3.2.2.8 PDMA_USART_G2 Event Map
  13. 11Time Sync
    1. 11.1 Time Sync Module (CPTS)
      1. 11.1.1 CPTS Overview
        1. 11.1.1.1 CPTS Features
        2. 11.1.1.2 CPTS Not Supported Features
      2. 11.1.2 CPTS Integration
      3. 11.1.3 CPTS Functional Description
        1. 11.1.3.1  CPTS Architecture
        2. 11.1.3.2  CPTS Initialization
        3. 11.1.3.3  32-bit Time Stamp Value
        4. 11.1.3.4  64-bit Time Stamp Value
          1. 11.1.3.4.1 64-Bit Timestamp Nudge
          2. 11.1.3.4.2 64-bit Timestamp PPM
        5. 11.1.3.5  Event FIFO
        6. 11.1.3.6  Timestamp Compare Output
          1. 11.1.3.6.1 Non-Toggle Mode
          2. 11.1.3.6.2 Toggle Mode
        7. 11.1.3.7  Timestamp Sync Output
        8. 11.1.3.8  Timestamp GENF Output
          1. 11.1.3.8.1 GENFn Nudge
          2. 11.1.3.8.2 GENFn PPM
        9. 11.1.3.9  Time Sync Events
          1. 11.1.3.9.1 Time Stamp Push Event
          2. 11.1.3.9.2 Time Stamp Counter Rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
          3. 11.1.3.9.3 Time Stamp Counter Half-rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
          4. 11.1.3.9.4 Hardware Time Stamp Push Event
        10. 11.1.3.10 Timestamp Compare Event
        11. 11.1.3.11 CPTS Interrupt Handling
      4. 11.1.4 CPTS Registers
    2. 11.2 Timer Manager
      1. 11.2.1 Timer Manager Overview
        1. 11.2.1.1 Timer Manager Features
        2. 11.2.1.2 Timer Manager Not Supported Features
      2. 11.2.2 Timer Manager Integration
      3. 11.2.3 Timer Manager Functional Description
        1. 11.2.3.1 Timer Manager Function Overview
        2. 11.2.3.2 Timer Counter
          1. 11.2.3.2.1 Timer Counter Rollover
        3. 11.2.3.3 Timer Control Module (FSM)
        4. 11.2.3.4 Timer Reprogramming
          1. 11.2.3.4.1 Periodic Hardware Timers
        5. 11.2.3.5 Event FIFO
        6. 11.2.3.6 Output Event Lookup (OES RAM)
      4. 11.2.4 Timer Manager Programming Guide
        1. 11.2.4.1 Timer Manager Low-level Programming Models
          1. 11.2.4.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
          2. 11.2.4.1.2 Initialization Sequence
          3. 11.2.4.1.3 Real-time Operating Requirements
            1. 11.2.4.1.3.1 Timer Touch
            2. 11.2.4.1.3.2 Timer Disable
            3. 11.2.4.1.3.3 Timer Enable
          4. 11.2.4.1.4 Power Up/Power Down Sequence
      5. 11.2.5 Timer Manager Registers
        1. 11.2.5.1 TIMERMGR_CFG_CFG Registers
        2. 11.2.5.2 TIMERMGR_CFG_OES Registers
        3. 11.2.5.3 TIMERMGR_CFG_TIMERS Registers
    3. 11.3 Time Sync and Compare Events
      1. 11.3.1 Time Sync Architecture
        1. 11.3.1.1 Time Sync Architecture Overview
      2. 11.3.2 Time Sync Routers
        1. 11.3.2.1 Time Sync Routers Overview
        2. 11.3.2.2 Time Sync Routers Integration
          1. 11.3.2.2.1 TIMESYNC_INTRTR0 Integration
          2. 11.3.2.2.2 CMPEVT_INTRTR0 Integration
        3. 11.3.2.3 Time Sync Routers Registers
          1. 11.3.2.3.1 TIMESYNC_INTRTR0 Registers
          2. 11.3.2.3.2 CMPEVT_INTRTR0 Registers
      3. 11.3.3 Time Sync Event Sources
        1. 11.3.3.1 CMPEVT_INTRTR0 Event Map
        2. 11.3.3.2 TIMESYNC_INTRTR0 Event Map
        3. 11.3.3.3 DMSS0 Sync Event Map
        4. 11.3.3.4 PCIE1 Sync Event Map
        5. 11.3.3.5 MCU_CPSW0 Sync Event Map
        6. 11.3.3.6 CPSW0 Sync Event Map
        7. 11.3.3.7 I/O Sync Event Map
  14. 12Peripherals
    1. 12.1 General Connectivity Peripherals
      1. 12.1.1 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
        1. 12.1.1.1 ADC Overview
          1. 12.1.1.1.1 ADC Features
          2. 12.1.1.1.2 ADC Not Supported Features
        2. 12.1.1.2 ADC Environment
          1. 12.1.1.2.1 ADC Interface Signals
        3. 12.1.1.3 ADC Integration
          1. 12.1.1.3.1 ADC Integration in MCU Domain
        4. 12.1.1.4 ADC Functional Description
          1. 12.1.1.4.1 ADC FSM Sequencer Functional Description
            1. 12.1.1.4.1.1 Step Enable
            2. 12.1.1.4.1.2 Step Configuration
              1. 12.1.1.4.1.2.1 One-Shot (Single) or Continuous Mode
              2. 12.1.1.4.1.2.2 Software- or Hardware-Enabled Steps
              3. 12.1.1.4.1.2.3 Averaging of Samples
              4. 12.1.1.4.1.2.4 Analog Multiplexer Input Select
              5. 12.1.1.4.1.2.5 Differential Control
              6. 12.1.1.4.1.2.6 FIFO Select
              7. 12.1.1.4.1.2.7 Range Check Interrupt Enable
            3. 12.1.1.4.1.3 Open Delay and Sample Delay
              1. 12.1.1.4.1.3.1 Open Delay
              2. 12.1.1.4.1.3.2 Sample Delay
            4. 12.1.1.4.1.4 Interrupts
            5. 12.1.1.4.1.5 Power Management
            6. 12.1.1.4.1.6 DMA Requests
          2. 12.1.1.4.2 ADC AFE Functional Description
            1. 12.1.1.4.2.1 AFE Functional Block Diagram
            2. 12.1.1.4.2.2 ADC GPI Integration
          3. 12.1.1.4.3 ADC FIFOs and DMA
            1. 12.1.1.4.3.1 FIFOs
            2. 12.1.1.4.3.2 DMA
          4. 12.1.1.4.4 ADC Error Correcting Code (ECC)
            1. 12.1.1.4.4.1 Testing ECC Error Injection
          5. 12.1.1.4.5 ADC Functional Internal Diagnostic Debug Mode
        5. 12.1.1.5 ADC Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.1.5.1 ADC Low-Level Programming Models
            1. 12.1.1.5.1.1 Global Initialization
              1. 12.1.1.5.1.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
              2. 12.1.1.5.1.1.2 General Programming Model
            2. 12.1.1.5.1.2 During Operation
        6. 12.1.1.6 ADC Registers
      2. 12.1.2 General-Purpose Interface (GPIO)
        1. 12.1.2.1 GPIO Overview
          1. 12.1.2.1.1 GPIO Features
          2. 12.1.2.1.2 GPIO Not Supported Features
        2. 12.1.2.2 GPIO Environment
          1. 12.1.2.2.1 GPIO Interface Signals
        3. 12.1.2.3 GPIO Integration
          1. 12.1.2.3.1 GPIO Integration in WKUP Domain
          2. 12.1.2.3.2 GPIO Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.1.2.4 GPIO Functional Description
          1. 12.1.2.4.1 GPIO Block Diagram
          2. 12.1.2.4.2 GPIO Function
          3. 12.1.2.4.3 GPIO Interrupt and Event Generation
            1. 12.1.2.4.3.1 Interrupt Enable (per Bank)
            2. 12.1.2.4.3.2 Trigger Configuration (per Bit)
            3. 12.1.2.4.3.3 Interrupt Status and Clear (per Bit)
          4. 12.1.2.4.4 GPIO Interrupt Connectivity
          5. 12.1.2.4.5 GPIO DeepSleep Mode
          6. 12.1.2.4.6 GPIO Emulation Halt Operation
        5. 12.1.2.5 GPIO Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.2.5.1 GPIO Low-Level Programming Models
            1. 12.1.2.5.1.1 Global Initialization
              1. 12.1.2.5.1.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
              2. 12.1.2.5.1.1.2 GPIO Module Global Initialization
            2. 12.1.2.5.1.2 GPIO Operational Modes Configuration
              1. 12.1.2.5.1.2.1 GPIO Read Input Register
              2. 12.1.2.5.1.2.2 GPIO Set Bit Function
              3. 12.1.2.5.1.2.3 GPIO Clear Bit Function
        6. 12.1.2.6 GPIO Registers
      3. 12.1.3 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
        1. 12.1.3.1 I2C Overview
          1. 12.1.3.1.1 I2C Features
          2. 12.1.3.1.2 I2C Not Supported Features
        2. 12.1.3.2 I2C Environment
          1. 12.1.3.2.1 I2C Typical Application
            1. 12.1.3.2.1.1 I2C Pins for Typical Connections in I2C Mode
            2. 12.1.3.2.1.2 I2C Interface Typical Connections
            3. 12.1.3.2.1.3 1501
          2. 12.1.3.2.2 I2C Typical Connection Protocol and Data Format
            1. 12.1.3.2.2.1  I2C Serial Data Format
            2. 12.1.3.2.2.2  I2C Data Validity
            3. 12.1.3.2.2.3  I2C Start and Stop Conditions
            4. 12.1.3.2.2.4  I2C Addressing
              1. 12.1.3.2.2.4.1 Data Transfer Formats in F/S Mode
              2. 12.1.3.2.2.4.2 Data Transfer Format in HS Mode
            5. 12.1.3.2.2.5  I2C Controller Transmitter
            6. 12.1.3.2.2.6  I2C Controller Receiver
            7. 12.1.3.2.2.7  I2C Target Transmitter
            8. 12.1.3.2.2.8  I2C Target Receiver
            9. 12.1.3.2.2.9  I2C Bus Arbitration
            10. 12.1.3.2.2.10 I2C Clock Generation and Synchronization
        3. 12.1.3.3 I2C Integration
          1. 12.1.3.3.1 I2C Integration in WKUP Domain
          2. 12.1.3.3.2 I2C Integration in MCU Domain
          3. 12.1.3.3.3 I2C Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.1.3.4 I2C Functional Description
          1. 12.1.3.4.1 I2C Block Diagram
          2. 12.1.3.4.2 I2C Clocks
            1. 12.1.3.4.2.1 I2C Clocking
            2. 12.1.3.4.2.2 I2C Automatic Blocking of the I2C Clock Feature
          3. 12.1.3.4.3 I2C Software Reset
          4. 12.1.3.4.4 I2C Power Management
          5. 12.1.3.4.5 I2C Interrupt Requests
          6. 12.1.3.4.6 I2C Programmable Multitarget Channel Feature
          7. 12.1.3.4.7 I2C FIFO Management
            1. 12.1.3.4.7.1 I2C FIFO Interrupt Mode
            2. 12.1.3.4.7.2 I2C FIFO Polling Mode
            3. 12.1.3.4.7.3 I2C Draining Feature
          8. 12.1.3.4.8 I2C Noise Filter
          9. 12.1.3.4.9 I2C System Test Mode
        5. 12.1.3.5 I2C Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.3.5.1 I2C Low-Level Programming Models
            1. 12.1.3.5.1.1 I2C Programming Model
              1. 12.1.3.5.1.1.1 Main Program
                1. 12.1.3.5.1.1.1.1 Configure the Module Before Enabling the I2C Controller
                2. 12.1.3.5.1.1.1.2 Initialize the I2C Controller
                3. 12.1.3.5.1.1.1.3 Configure Target Address and the Data Control Register
                4. 12.1.3.5.1.1.1.4 Initiate a Transfer
                5. 12.1.3.5.1.1.1.5 Receive Data
                6. 12.1.3.5.1.1.1.6 Transmit Data
              2. 12.1.3.5.1.1.2 Interrupt Subroutine Sequence
              3. 12.1.3.5.1.1.3 Programming Flow-Diagrams
        6. 12.1.3.6 I2C Registers
      4. 12.1.4 Improved Inter-Integrated Circuit (I3C) Interface
        1. 12.1.4.1 I3C Overview
          1. 12.1.4.1.1 I3C Features
          2. 12.1.4.1.2 I3C Not Supported Features
        2. 12.1.4.2 I3C Environment
          1. 12.1.4.2.1 I3C Typical Application
            1. 12.1.4.2.1.1 I3C Pins for Typical Connections
            2. 12.1.4.2.1.2 I3C Interface Typical Connections
            3. 12.1.4.2.1.3 1555
        3. 12.1.4.3 I3C Integration
          1. 12.1.4.3.1 I3C Integration in MCU Domain
          2. 12.1.4.3.2 I3C Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.1.4.4 I3C Functional Description
          1. 12.1.4.4.1  I3C Block Diagram
          2. 12.1.4.4.2  I3C Clock Configuration
            1. 12.1.4.4.2.1 Setting Base Frequencies
            2. 12.1.4.4.2.2 Asymmetric Push-Pull SCL Timing
            3. 12.1.4.4.2.3 Open-Drain SCL Timing
            4. 12.1.4.4.2.4 Changing Programmed Frequencies
          3. 12.1.4.4.3  I3C Interrupt Requests
          4. 12.1.4.4.4  I3C Power Configuration
          5. 12.1.4.4.5  I3C Dynamic Address Management
          6. 12.1.4.4.6  I3C Retaining Registers Space
          7. 12.1.4.4.7  I3C Dynamic Address Assignment Procedure
          8. 12.1.4.4.8  I3C Sending CCC Messages
          9. 12.1.4.4.9  I3C In-Band Interrupt
            1. 12.1.4.4.9.1 Regular I3C Slave In-Band Interrupt
            2. 12.1.4.4.9.2 Current Master Takeover In-Band Interrupt
          10. 12.1.4.4.10 I3C Hot-Join Request
          11. 12.1.4.4.11 I3C Immediate Commands
          12. 12.1.4.4.12 I3C Host Commands
          13. 12.1.4.4.13 I3C Sending Private Data in SDR Messages
            1. 12.1.4.4.13.1 SDR Private Write Message
            2. 12.1.4.4.13.2 SDR Private Read Message
            3. 12.1.4.4.13.3 SDR Payload Length Adjustment
        5. 12.1.4.5 I3C Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.4.5.1 I3C Power-On Programming Model
          2. 12.1.4.5.2 I3C Static Devices Programming
          3. 12.1.4.5.3 I3C DAA Procedure Initiation
          4. 12.1.4.5.4 I3C SDR Write Message Programming Model
          5. 12.1.4.5.5 I3C SDR Read Message Programming Model
          6. 12.1.4.5.6 I3C DDR Write Message Programming Model
          7. 12.1.4.5.7 I3C DDR Read Message Programming Model
        6. 12.1.4.6 I3C Registers
      5. 12.1.5 Multichannel Serial Peripheral Interface (MCSPI)
        1. 12.1.5.1 MCSPI Overview
          1. 12.1.5.1.1 SPI Features
          2. 12.1.5.1.2 MCSPI Not Supported Features
        2. 12.1.5.2 MCSPI Environment
          1. 12.1.5.2.1 Basic MCSPI Pins for Master Mode
          2. 12.1.5.2.2 Basic MCSPI Pins for Slave Mode
          3. 12.1.5.2.3 MCSPI Internal Connectivity
          4. 12.1.5.2.4 MCSPI Protocol and Data Format
            1. 12.1.5.2.4.1 Transfer Format
          5. 12.1.5.2.5 MCSPI in Controller Mode
          6. 12.1.5.2.6 MCSPI in Peripheral Mode
        3. 12.1.5.3 MCSPI Integration
          1. 12.1.5.3.1 MCSPI Integration in MCU Domain
          2. 12.1.5.3.2 MCSPI Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.1.5.4 MCSPI Functional Description
          1. 12.1.5.4.1 SPI Block Diagram
          2. 12.1.5.4.2 MCSPI Reset
          3. 12.1.5.4.3 MCSPI Controller Mode
            1. 12.1.5.4.3.1 Controller Mode Features
            2. 12.1.5.4.3.2 Controller Transmit-and-Receive Mode (Full Duplex)
            3. 12.1.5.4.3.3 Controller Transmit-Only Mode (Half Duplex)
            4. 12.1.5.4.3.4 Controller Receive-Only Mode (Half Duplex)
            5. 12.1.5.4.3.5 Single-Channel Controller Mode
              1. 12.1.5.4.3.5.1 Programming Tips When Switching to Another Channel
              2. 12.1.5.4.3.5.2 Force SPIEN[i] Mode
              3. 12.1.5.4.3.5.3 Turbo Mode
            6. 12.1.5.4.3.6 Start-Bit Mode
            7. 12.1.5.4.3.7 Chip-Select Timing Control
            8. 12.1.5.4.3.8 Programmable MCSPI Clock (SPICLK)
              1. 12.1.5.4.3.8.1 Clock Ratio Granularity
          4. 12.1.5.4.4 MCSPI Peripheral Mode
            1. 12.1.5.4.4.1 Dedicated Resources
            2. 12.1.5.4.4.2 Peripheral Transmit-and-Receive Mode
            3. 12.1.5.4.4.3 Peripheral Transmit-Only Mode
            4. 12.1.5.4.4.4 Peripheral Receive-Only Mode
          5. 12.1.5.4.5 MCSPI 3-Pin or 4-Pin Mode
          6. 12.1.5.4.6 MCSPI FIFO Buffer Management
            1. 12.1.5.4.6.1 Buffer Almost Full
            2. 12.1.5.4.6.2 Buffer Almost Empty
            3. 12.1.5.4.6.3 End of Transfer Management
            4. 12.1.5.4.6.4 Multiple MCSPI Word Access
            5. 12.1.5.4.6.5 First MCSPI Word Delay
          7. 12.1.5.4.7 MCSPI Interrupts
            1. 12.1.5.4.7.1 Interrupt Events in Controller Mode
              1. 12.1.5.4.7.1.1 TXx_EMPTY
              2. 12.1.5.4.7.1.2 TXx_UNDERFLOW
              3. 12.1.5.4.7.1.3 RXx_ FULL
              4. 12.1.5.4.7.1.4 End Of Word Count
            2. 12.1.5.4.7.2 Interrupt Events in Peripheral Mode
              1. 12.1.5.4.7.2.1 TXx_EMPTY
              2. 12.1.5.4.7.2.2 TXx_UNDERFLOW
              3. 12.1.5.4.7.2.3 RXx_FULL
              4. 12.1.5.4.7.2.4 RX0_OVERFLOW
              5. 12.1.5.4.7.2.5 End Of Word Count
            3. 12.1.5.4.7.3 Interrupt-Driven Operation
            4. 12.1.5.4.7.4 Polling
          8. 12.1.5.4.8 MCSPI DMA Requests
          9. 12.1.5.4.9 MCSPI Power Saving Management
            1. 12.1.5.4.9.1 Normal Mode
            2. 12.1.5.4.9.2 Idle Mode
              1. 12.1.5.4.9.2.1 Force-Idle Mode
        5. 12.1.5.5 MCSPI Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.5.5.1 MCSPI Global Initialization
            1. 12.1.5.5.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
            2. 12.1.5.5.1.2 MCSPI Global Initialization
              1. 12.1.5.5.1.2.1 Main Sequence – MCSPI Global Initialization
          2. 12.1.5.5.2 MCSPI Operational Mode Configuration
            1. 12.1.5.5.2.1 MCSPI Operational Modes
              1. 12.1.5.5.2.1.1 Common Transfer Sequence
              2. 12.1.5.5.2.1.2 End of Transfer Sequences
              3. 12.1.5.5.2.1.3 Transmit-and-Receive (Controller and Peripheral)
              4. 12.1.5.5.2.1.4 Transmit-Only (Controller and Peripheral)
                1. 12.1.5.5.2.1.4.1 Based on Interrupt Requests
                2. 12.1.5.5.2.1.4.2 Based on DMA Write Requests
              5. 12.1.5.5.2.1.5 Controller Normal Receive-Only
                1. 12.1.5.5.2.1.5.1 Based on Interrupt Requests
                2. 12.1.5.5.2.1.5.2 Based on DMA Read Requests
              6. 12.1.5.5.2.1.6 Controller Turbo Receive-Only
                1. 12.1.5.5.2.1.6.1 Based on Interrupt Requests
                2. 12.1.5.5.2.1.6.2 Based on DMA Read Requests
              7. 12.1.5.5.2.1.7 Peripheral Receive-Only
              8. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8 Transfer Procedures With FIFO
                1. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8.1 Common Transfer Sequence in FIFO Mode
                2. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8.2 End of Transfer Sequences in FIFO Mode
                3. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8.3 Transmit-and-Receive With Word Count
                4. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8.4 Transmit-and-Receive Without Word Count
                5. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8.5 Transmit-Only
                6. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8.6 Receive-Only With Word Count
                7. 12.1.5.5.2.1.8.7 Receive-Only Without Word Count
              9. 12.1.5.5.2.1.9 Common Transfer Procedures Without FIFO – Polling Method
                1. 12.1.5.5.2.1.9.1 Receive-Only Procedure – Polling Method
                2. 12.1.5.5.2.1.9.2 Receive-Only Procedure – Interrupt Method
                3. 12.1.5.5.2.1.9.3 Transmit-Only Procedure – Polling Method
                4. 12.1.5.5.2.1.9.4 Transmit-and-Receive Procedure – Polling Method
        6. 12.1.5.6 MCSPI Registers
      6. 12.1.6 Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
        1. 12.1.6.1 UART Overview
          1. 12.1.6.1.1 UART Features
          2. 12.1.6.1.2 IrDA Features
          3. 12.1.6.1.3 CIR Features
          4. 12.1.6.1.4 UART Not Supported Features
        2. 12.1.6.2 UART Environment
          1. 12.1.6.2.1 UART Functional Interfaces
            1. 12.1.6.2.1.1 System Using UART Communication With Hardware Handshake
            2. 12.1.6.2.1.2 UART Interface Description
            3. 12.1.6.2.1.3 UART Protocol and Data Format
            4. 12.1.6.2.1.4 UART 9-bit Mode Data Format
          2. 12.1.6.2.2 RS-485 Functional Interfaces
            1. 12.1.6.2.2.1 System Using RS-485 Communication
            2. 12.1.6.2.2.2 RS-485 Interface Description
          3. 12.1.6.2.3 IrDA Functional Interfaces
            1. 12.1.6.2.3.1 System Using IrDA Communication Protocol
            2. 12.1.6.2.3.2 IrDA Interface Description
            3. 12.1.6.2.3.3 IrDA Protocol and Data Format
              1. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1 SIR Mode
                1. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1.1 Frame Format
                2. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1.2 Asynchronous Transparency
                3. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1.3 Abort Sequence
                4. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1.4 Pulse Shaping
                5. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1.5 Encoder
                6. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1.6 Decoder
                7. 12.1.6.2.3.3.1.7 IR Address Checking
              2. 12.1.6.2.3.3.2 SIR Free-Format Mode
              3. 12.1.6.2.3.3.3 MIR Mode
                1. 12.1.6.2.3.3.3.1 MIR Encoder/Decoder
                2. 12.1.6.2.3.3.3.2 SIP Generation
              4. 12.1.6.2.3.3.4 FIR Mode
          4. 12.1.6.2.4 CIR Functional Interfaces
            1. 12.1.6.2.4.1 System Using CIR Communication Protocol With Remote Control
            2. 12.1.6.2.4.2 CIR Interface Description
            3. 12.1.6.2.4.3 CIR Protocol and Data Format
              1. 12.1.6.2.4.3.1 Carrier Modulation
              2. 12.1.6.2.4.3.2 Pulse Duty Cycle
              3. 12.1.6.2.4.3.3 Consumer IR Encoding/Decoding
        3. 12.1.6.3 UART Integration
          1. 12.1.6.3.1 UART Integration in WKUP Domain
          2. 12.1.6.3.2 UART Integration in MCU Domain
          3. 12.1.6.3.3 UART Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.1.6.4 UART Functional Description
          1. 12.1.6.4.1 UART Block Diagram
          2. 12.1.6.4.2 UART Clock Configuration
          3. 12.1.6.4.3 UART Software Reset
            1. 12.1.6.4.3.1 Independent TX/RX
          4. 12.1.6.4.4 UART Power Management
            1. 12.1.6.4.4.1 UART Mode Power Management
              1. 12.1.6.4.4.1.1 Module Power Saving
              2. 12.1.6.4.4.1.2 System Power Saving
            2. 12.1.6.4.4.2 IrDA Mode Power Management
              1. 12.1.6.4.4.2.1 Module Power Saving
              2. 12.1.6.4.4.2.2 System Power Saving
            3. 12.1.6.4.4.3 CIR Mode Power Management
              1. 12.1.6.4.4.3.1 Module Power Saving
              2. 12.1.6.4.4.3.2 System Power Saving
            4. 12.1.6.4.4.4 Local Power Management
          5. 12.1.6.4.5 UART Interrupt Requests
            1. 12.1.6.4.5.1 UART Mode Interrupt Management
              1. 12.1.6.4.5.1.1 UART Interrupts
              2. 12.1.6.4.5.1.2 Wake-Up Interrupt
            2. 12.1.6.4.5.2 IrDA Mode Interrupt Management
              1. 12.1.6.4.5.2.1 IrDA Interrupts
              2. 12.1.6.4.5.2.2 Wake-Up Interrupts
            3. 12.1.6.4.5.3 CIR Mode Interrupt Management
              1. 12.1.6.4.5.3.1 CIR Interrupts
              2. 12.1.6.4.5.3.2 Wake-Up Interrupts
          6. 12.1.6.4.6 UART FIFO Management
            1. 12.1.6.4.6.1 FIFO Trigger
              1. 12.1.6.4.6.1.1 Transmit FIFO Trigger
              2. 12.1.6.4.6.1.2 Receive FIFO Trigger
            2. 12.1.6.4.6.2 FIFO Interrupt Mode
            3. 12.1.6.4.6.3 FIFO Polled Mode Operation
            4. 12.1.6.4.6.4 FIFO DMA Mode Operation
              1. 12.1.6.4.6.4.1 DMA sequence to disable TX DMA
              2. 12.1.6.4.6.4.2 DMA Transfers (DMA Mode 1, 2, or 3)
              3. 12.1.6.4.6.4.3 DMA Transmission
              4. 12.1.6.4.6.4.4 DMA Reception
          7. 12.1.6.4.7 UART Mode Selection
            1. 12.1.6.4.7.1 Register Access Modes
              1. 12.1.6.4.7.1.1 Operational Mode and Configuration Modes
              2. 12.1.6.4.7.1.2 Register Access Submode
              3. 12.1.6.4.7.1.3 Registers Available for the Register Access Modes
            2. 12.1.6.4.7.2 UART/RS-485/IrDA (SIR, MIR, FIR)/CIR Mode Selection
              1. 12.1.6.4.7.2.1 Registers Available for the UART Function
              2. 12.1.6.4.7.2.2 Registers Available for the IrDA Function
              3. 12.1.6.4.7.2.3 Registers Available for the CIR Function
          8. 12.1.6.4.8 UART Protocol Formatting
            1. 12.1.6.4.8.1 UART Mode
              1. 12.1.6.4.8.1.1 UART Clock Generation: Baud Rate Generation
              2. 12.1.6.4.8.1.2 Choosing the Appropriate Divisor Value
              3. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3 UART Data Formatting
                1. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3.1 Frame Formatting
                2. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3.2 Hardware Flow Control
                3. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3.3 Software Flow Control
                  1. 1.6.4.8.1.3.3.1 Receive (RX)
                  2. 1.6.4.8.1.3.3.2 Transmit (TX)
                4. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3.4 Autobauding Modes
                5. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3.5 Error Detection
                6. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3.6 Overrun During Receive
                7. 12.1.6.4.8.1.3.7 Time-Out and Break Conditions
                  1. 1.6.4.8.1.3.7.1 Time-Out Counter
                  2. 1.6.4.8.1.3.7.2 Break Condition
            2. 12.1.6.4.8.2 RS-485 Mode
              1. 12.1.6.4.8.2.1 RS-485 External Transceiver Direction Control
            3. 12.1.6.4.8.3 IrDA Mode
              1. 12.1.6.4.8.3.1 IrDA Clock Generation: Baud Generator
              2. 12.1.6.4.8.3.2 Choosing the Appropriate Divisor Value
              3. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3 IrDA Data Formatting
                1. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.1  IR RX Polarity Control
                2. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.2  IrDA Reception Control
                3. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.3  IR Address Checking
                4. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.4  Frame Closing
                5. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.5  Store and Controlled Transmission
                6. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.6  Error Detection
                7. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.7  Underrun During Transmission
                8. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.8  Overrun During Receive
                9. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.9  Status FIFO
                10. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.10 Multi-drop Parity Mode with Address Match
                11. 12.1.6.4.8.3.3.11 Time-guard
              4. 12.1.6.4.8.3.4 SIR Mode Data Formatting
                1. 12.1.6.4.8.3.4.1 Abort Sequence
                2. 12.1.6.4.8.3.4.2 Pulse Shaping
                3. 12.1.6.4.8.3.4.3 SIR Free Format Programming
              5. 12.1.6.4.8.3.5 MIR and FIR Mode Data Formatting
            4. 12.1.6.4.8.4 CIR Mode
              1. 12.1.6.4.8.4.1 CIR Mode Clock Generation
              2. 12.1.6.4.8.4.2 CIR Data Formatting
                1. 12.1.6.4.8.4.2.1 IR RX Polarity Control
                2. 12.1.6.4.8.4.2.2 CIR Transmission
                3. 12.1.6.4.8.4.2.3 CIR Reception
        5. 12.1.6.5 UART Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.6.5.1 UART Global Initialization
            1. 12.1.6.5.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
            2. 12.1.6.5.1.2 UART Module Global Initialization
          2. 12.1.6.5.2 UART Mode selection
          3. 12.1.6.5.3 UART Submode selection
          4. 12.1.6.5.4 UART Load FIFO trigger and DMA mode settings
            1. 12.1.6.5.4.1 DMA mode Settings
            2. 12.1.6.5.4.2 FIFO Trigger Settings
          5. 12.1.6.5.5 UART Protocol, Baud rate and interrupt settings
            1. 12.1.6.5.5.1 Baud rate settings
            2. 12.1.6.5.5.2 Interrupt settings
            3. 12.1.6.5.5.3 Protocol settings
            4. 12.1.6.5.5.4 UART/RS-485/IrDA(SIR/MIR/FIR)/CIR
            5. 12.1.6.5.5.5 UART Multi-drop Parity Address Match Mode Configuration
          6. 12.1.6.5.6 UART Hardware and Software Flow Control Configuration
            1. 12.1.6.5.6.1 Hardware Flow Control Configuration
            2. 12.1.6.5.6.2 Software Flow Control Configuration
          7. 12.1.6.5.7 IrDA Programming Model
            1. 12.1.6.5.7.1 SIR mode
              1. 12.1.6.5.7.1.1 Receive
              2. 12.1.6.5.7.1.2 Transmit
            2. 12.1.6.5.7.2 MIR mode
              1. 12.1.6.5.7.2.1 Receive
              2. 12.1.6.5.7.2.2 Transmit
            3. 12.1.6.5.7.3 FIR mode
              1. 12.1.6.5.7.3.1 Receive
              2. 12.1.6.5.7.3.2 Transmit
        6. 12.1.6.6 UART Registers
    2. 12.2 High-speed Serial Interfaces
      1. 12.2.1 Gigabit Ethernet MAC (MCU_CPSW0)
        1. 12.2.1.1 MCU_CPSW0 Overview
          1. 12.2.1.1.1 MCU_CPSW0 Features
          2. 12.2.1.1.2 MCU_CPSW0 Not Supported Features
          3. 12.2.1.1.3 Terminology
        2. 12.2.1.2 MCU_CPSW0 Environment
          1. 12.2.1.2.1 MCU_CPSW0 RMII Interface
          2. 12.2.1.2.2 MCU_CPSW0 RGMII Interface
        3. 12.2.1.3 MCU_CPSW0 Integration
        4. 12.2.1.4 MCU_CPSW0 Functional Description
          1. 12.2.1.4.1 Functional Block Diagram
          2. 12.2.1.4.2 CPSW Ports
            1. 12.2.1.4.2.1 Interface Mode Selection
          3. 12.2.1.4.3 Clocking
            1. 12.2.1.4.3.1 Subsystem Clocking
            2. 12.2.1.4.3.2 Interface Clocking
              1. 12.2.1.4.3.2.1 RGMII Interface Clocking
              2. 12.2.1.4.3.2.2 RMII Interface Clocking
              3. 12.2.1.4.3.2.3 MDIO Clocking
          4. 12.2.1.4.4 Software IDLE
          5. 12.2.1.4.5 Interrupt Functionality
            1. 12.2.1.4.5.1 EVNT_PEND Interrupt
            2. 12.2.1.4.5.2 Statistics Interrupt (STAT_PEND0)
            3. 12.2.1.4.5.3 ECC DED Level Interrupt (ECC_DED_INT)
            4. 12.2.1.4.5.4 ECC SEC Level Interrupt (ECC_SEC_INT)
            5. 12.2.1.4.5.5 MDIO Interrupts
          6. 12.2.1.4.6 CPSW_2G
            1. 12.2.1.4.6.1  Address Lookup Engine (ALE)
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.1.1  Error Handling
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.1.2  Bypass Operations
              3. 12.2.1.4.6.1.3  OUI Deny or Accept
              4. 12.2.1.4.6.1.4  Statistics Counting
              5. 12.2.1.4.6.1.5  Automotive Security Features
              6. 12.2.1.4.6.1.6  CPSW Switching Solutions
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.1.6.1 Basics of 2-port Switch Type
              7. 12.2.1.4.6.1.7  VLAN Routing and OAM Operations
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.1.7.1 InterVLAN Routing
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.1.7.2 OAM Operations
              8. 12.2.1.4.6.1.8  Supervisory packets
              9. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9  Address Table Entry
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9.1 Free Table Entry
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9.2 Multicast Address Table Entry
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9.3 VLAN/Multicast Address Table Entry
                4. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9.4 Unicast Address Table Entry
                5. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9.5 OUI Unicast Address Table Entry
                6. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9.6 VLAN/Unicast Address Table Entry
                7. 12.2.1.4.6.1.9.7 VLAN Table Entry
              10. 12.2.1.4.6.1.10 ALE Policing and Classification
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.1.10.1 ALE Classification
                  1. 2.1.4.6.1.10.1.1 Classifier to CPPI Transmit Flow ID Mapping
              11. 12.2.1.4.6.1.11 DSCP
              12. 12.2.1.4.6.1.12 Packet Forwarding Processes
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.1.12.1 Ingress Filtering Process
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.1.12.2 VLAN_Aware Lookup Process
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.1.12.3 Egress Process
                4. 12.2.1.4.6.1.12.4 Learning/Updating/Touching Processes
                  1. 2.1.4.6.1.12.4.1 Learning Process
                  2. 2.1.4.6.1.12.4.2 Updating Process
                  3. 2.1.4.6.1.12.4.3 Touching Process
              13. 12.2.1.4.6.1.13 VLAN Aware Mode
              14. 12.2.1.4.6.1.14 VLAN Unaware Mode
            2. 12.2.1.4.6.2  Packet Priority Handling
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.2.1 Priority Mapping and Transmit VLAN Priority
            3. 12.2.1.4.6.3  CPPI Port Ingress
            4. 12.2.1.4.6.4  Packet CRC Handling
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.4.1 Transmit VLAN Processing
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.4.1.1 Untagged Packets (No VLAN or Priority Tag Header)
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.4.1.2 Priority Tagged Packets (VLAN VID == 0 && EN_VID0_MODE ==0h)
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.4.1.3 VLAN Tagged Packets (VLAN VID != 0 || (EN_VID0_MODE ==1h && VLAN VID ==0))
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.4.2 Ethernet Port Ingress Packet CRC
              3. 12.2.1.4.6.4.3 Ethernet Port Egress Packet CRC
              4. 12.2.1.4.6.4.4 CPPI Port Ingress Packet CRC
              5. 12.2.1.4.6.4.5 CPPI Port Egress Packet CRC
            5. 12.2.1.4.6.5  FIFO Memory Control
            6. 12.2.1.4.6.6  FIFO Transmit Queue Control
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.6.1 CPPI Port Receive Rate Limiting
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.6.2 Ethernet Port Transmit Rate Limiting
            7. 12.2.1.4.6.7  Intersperced Express Traffic (IET – P802.3br/D2.0)
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.7.1 IET Configuration
            8. 12.2.1.4.6.8  Enhanced Scheduled Traffic (EST – P802.1Qbv/D2.2)
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.8.1 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Overview
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.8.2 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Fetch RAM
              3. 12.2.1.4.6.8.3 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Time Interval
              4. 12.2.1.4.6.8.4 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Fetch Values
              5. 12.2.1.4.6.8.5 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Packet Fill
              6. 12.2.1.4.6.8.6 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Time Stamp
              7. 12.2.1.4.6.8.7 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Packets Per Priority
            9. 12.2.1.4.6.9  Audio Video Bridging
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.9.1 IEEE 802.1AS: Timing and Synchronization for Time-Sensitive Applications in Bridged Local Area Networks (Precision Time Protocol (PTP))
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.9.1.1 IEEE 1722: "Layer 2 Transport Protocol for Time-Sensitive Streams"
                  1. 2.1.4.6.9.1.1.1 Cross-timestamping and Presentation Timestamps
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.9.1.2 IEEE 1733: Extends RTCP for RTP Streaming over AVB-supported Networks
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.9.2 IEEE 802.1Qav: "Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks: Forwarding and Queuing for Time-Sensitive Streams"
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.9.2.1 Configuring the Device for 802.1Qav Operation
            10. 12.2.1.4.6.10 Ethernet MAC Sliver
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.10.1 1945
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.10.1.1 1946
                  1. 2.1.4.6.10.1.1.1 CRC Insertion
                  2. 2.1.4.6.10.1.1.2 MTXER
                  3. 2.1.4.6.10.1.1.3 Adaptive Performance Optimization (APO)
                  4. 2.1.4.6.10.1.1.4 Inter-Packet-Gap Enforcement
                  5. 2.1.4.6.10.1.1.5 Back Off
                  6. 2.1.4.6.10.1.1.6 Programmable Transmit Inter-Packet Gap
                  7. 2.1.4.6.10.1.1.7 Speed, Duplex and Pause Frame Support Negotiation
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.10.2 RMII Interface
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.10.2.1 Features
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.10.2.2 RMII Receive (RX)
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.10.2.3 RMII Transmit (TX)
              3. 12.2.1.4.6.10.3 RGMII Interface
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.10.3.1 Features
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.10.3.2 RGMII Receive (RX)
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.10.3.3 In-Band Mode of Operation
                4. 12.2.1.4.6.10.3.4 Forced Mode of Operation
                5. 12.2.1.4.6.10.3.5 RGMII Transmit (TX)
              4. 12.2.1.4.6.10.4 Frame Classification
              5. 12.2.1.4.6.10.5 Receive FIFO Architecture
            11. 12.2.1.4.6.11 Embedded Memories
            12. 12.2.1.4.6.12 Memory Error Detection and Correction
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.12.1 Packet Header ECC
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.12.2 Packet Protect CRC
              3. 12.2.1.4.6.12.3 Aggregator RAM Control
            13. 12.2.1.4.6.13 Ethernet Port Flow Control
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.13.1 Ethernet Receive Flow Control
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.13.1.1 Collision Based Receive Buffer Flow Control
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.13.1.2 IEEE 802.3X Based Receive Flow Control
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.13.2 Flow Control Trigger
              3. 12.2.1.4.6.13.3 Ethernet Transmit Flow Control
            14. 12.2.1.4.6.14 Energy Efficient Ethernet Support (802.3az)
            15. 12.2.1.4.6.15 Ethernet Switch Latency
            16. 12.2.1.4.6.16 MAC Emulation Control
            17. 12.2.1.4.6.17 MAC Command IDLE
            18. 12.2.1.4.6.18 CPSW Network Statistics
              1. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1  Rx-only Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.1  Good Rx Frames (Offset = 3A000h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A200h - Port 1)
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.2  Broadcast Rx Frames (Offset = 3A004h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A204h - Port 1)
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.3  Multicast Rx Frames (Offset = 3A008h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A208h - Port 1)
                4. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.4  Pause Rx Frames (Offset = 3A20Ch - Port 1)
                5. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.5  Rx CRC Errors (Offset = 3A010h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A210h - Port 1)
                6. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.6  Rx Align/Code Errors (Offset = 3A214h - Port 1)
                7. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.7  Oversize Rx Frames (Offset = 3A018h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A218h - Port 1)
                8. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.8  Rx Jabbers (Offset = 3A21Ch - Port 1)
                9. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.9  Undersize (Short) Rx Frames (Offset = 3A020h- Port 0 or Offset = 3A220h - Port 1)
                10. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.10 Rx Fragments (Offset = 3A024h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A224h - Port 1)
                11. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.11 RX IPG Error (Offset = 3A25Ch - Port 1)
                12. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.12 ALE Drop (Offset = 3A028h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A228h - Port 1)
                13. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.13 ALE Overrun Drop (Offset = 3A02Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A22Ch - Port 1)
                14. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.14 Rx Octets (Offset = 3A030h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A230h - Port 1)
                15. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.15 Rx Bottom of FIFO Drop (Offset = 3A084h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A284h - Port 1)
                16. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.16 Portmask Drop (Offset = 3A088h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A288h - Port 1)
                17. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.17 Rx Top of FIFO Drop (Offset = 3A08Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A28Ch - Port 1)
                18. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.18 ALE Rate Limit Drop (Offset = 3A090h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A290h - Port 1)
                19. 12.2.1.4.6.18.1.19 ALE VLAN Ingress Check Drop (Offset = 3A094h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A294h - Port 1)
                  1. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.1  ALE DA=SA Drop (Offset = 3A098h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A298h - Port 1)
                  2. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.2  Block Address Drop (Offset = 3A09Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A29Ch - Port 1)
                  3. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.3  ALE Secure Drop (Offset = 3A0A0h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2A0h - Port 1)
                  4. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.4  ALE Authentication Drop (Offset = 3A0A4h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2A4h - Port 1)
                  5. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.5  ALE Unknown Unicast (Offset = 3A0A8h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2A8h - Port 1)
                  6. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.6  ALE Unknown Unicast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0ACh - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2ACh - Port 1)
                  7. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.7  ALE Unknown Multicast (Offset = 3A0B0h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2B0h - Port 1)
                  8. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.8  ALE Unknown Multicast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0B4h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2B4h - Port 1)
                  9. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.9  ALE Unknown Broadcast (Offset = 3A0B8h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2B8h - Port 1)
                  10. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.10 ALE Unknown Broadcast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0BCh - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2BCh - Port 1)
                  11. 2.1.4.6.18.1.19.11 ALE Policer/Classifier Match (Offset = 3A0C0h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2C0h - Port 1)
              2. 12.2.1.4.6.18.2  ALE Policer Match Red (Offset = 3A0C4h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2C4h - Port 1)
              3. 12.2.1.4.6.18.3  ALE Policer Match Yellow (Offset = 3A0C8h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2C8h - Port 1)
              4. 12.2.1.4.6.18.4  IET Receive Assembly Error (Offset = 3A140h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A340h - Port 1)
              5. 12.2.1.4.6.18.5  IET Receive Assembly OK (Offset = 3A144h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A344h - Port 1)
              6. 12.2.1.4.6.18.6  IET Receive SMD Error (Offset = 3A148h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A348h - Port 1)
              7. 12.2.1.4.6.18.7  IET Receive Merge Fragment Count (Offset = 3A14Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A34Ch - Port 1)
              8. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8  Tx-only Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.1  Good Tx Frames (Offset = 3A034h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A234h - Port 1)
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.2  Broadcast Tx Frames (Offset = 3A038h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A238h - Port 1)
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.3  Multicast Tx Frames (Offset = 3A03Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A23Ch - Port 1)
                4. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.4  Pause Tx Frames (Offset = 3A240h - Port 1)
                5. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.5  Deferred Tx Frames (Offset = 3A244h - Port 1)
                6. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.6  Collisions (Offset = 3A248h - Port 1)
                7. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.7  Single Collision Tx Frames (Offset = 3A24Ch - Port 1)
                8. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.8  Multiple Collision Tx Frames (Offset = 3A250h - Port 1)
                9. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.9  Excessive Collisions (Offset = 3A254h - Port 1)
                10. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.10 Late Collisions (Offset = 3A258h - Port 1)
                11. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.11 Carrier Sense Errors (Offset = 3A260h - Port 1)
                12. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.12 Tx Octets (Offset = 3A064h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A264h - Port 1 )
                13. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.13 Transmit Priority 0-7 (Offset = 3A380h to 3A3A8h - Port 1)
                14. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.14 Transmit Priority 0-7 Drop (Offset = 3A3C0h to 3A3E8 - Port 1)
                15. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.15 Tx Memory Protect Errors (Offset = 3A17Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A37Ch - Port 1)
                16. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.16 IET Transmit Merge Hold Count (Offset = 3A350h - Port 1)
                17. 12.2.1.4.6.18.8.17 IET Transmit Merge Fragment Count (Offset = 3A154h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A354h - Port 1)
              9. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9  Rx- and Tx (Shared) Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9.1 Rx + Tx 64 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A068h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A268h - Port 1)
                2. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9.2 Rx + Tx 65–127 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A06Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A26Ch - Port 1)
                3. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9.3 Rx + Tx 128–255 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A070h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A270h - Port 1)
                4. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9.4 Rx + Tx 256–511 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A074h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A274h - Port 1)
                5. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9.5 Rx + Tx 512–1023 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A078h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A278h - Port 1)
                6. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9.6 Rx + Tx 1024_Up Octet Frames (Offset = 3A07Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A27Ch - Port 1)
                7. 12.2.1.4.6.18.9.7 Net Octets (Offset = 3A080h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A280h - Port 1)
              10. 12.2.1.4.6.18.10 2045
          7. 12.2.1.4.7 Common Platform Time Sync (CPTS)
            1. 12.2.1.4.7.1  MCU_CPSW0 CPTS Integration
            2. 12.2.1.4.7.2  CPTS Architecture
            3. 12.2.1.4.7.3  CPTS Initialization
            4. 12.2.1.4.7.4  32-bit Time Stamp Value
            5. 12.2.1.4.7.5  64-bit Time Stamp Value
            6. 12.2.1.4.7.6  64-Bit Timestamp Nudge
            7. 12.2.1.4.7.7  64-bit Timestamp PPM
            8. 12.2.1.4.7.8  Event FIFO
            9. 12.2.1.4.7.9  Timestamp Compare Output
              1. 12.2.1.4.7.9.1 Non-Toggle Mode: 32-bit
              2. 12.2.1.4.7.9.2 Non-Toggle Mode: 64-bit
              3. 12.2.1.4.7.9.3 Toggle Mode: 32-bit
              4. 12.2.1.4.7.9.4 Toggle Mode: 64-bit
            10. 12.2.1.4.7.10 Timestamp Sync Output
            11. 12.2.1.4.7.11 Timestamp GENFn Output
              1. 12.2.1.4.7.11.1 GENFn Nudge
              2. 12.2.1.4.7.11.2 GENFn PPM
            12. 12.2.1.4.7.12 Timestamp ESTFn
            13. 12.2.1.4.7.13 Time Sync Events
              1. 12.2.1.4.7.13.1 Time Stamp Push Event
              2. 12.2.1.4.7.13.2 Time Stamp Counter Rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
              3. 12.2.1.4.7.13.3 Time Stamp Counter Half-rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
              4. 12.2.1.4.7.13.4 Hardware Time Stamp Push Event
              5. 12.2.1.4.7.13.5 Ethernet Port Events
                1. 12.2.1.4.7.13.5.1 Ethernet Port Receive Event
                2. 12.2.1.4.7.13.5.2 Ethernet Port Transmit Event
                3. 12.2.1.4.7.13.5.3 2073
            14. 12.2.1.4.7.14 Timestamp Compare Event
              1. 12.2.1.4.7.14.1 32-Bit Mode
              2. 12.2.1.4.7.14.2 64-Bit Mode
            15. 12.2.1.4.7.15 Host Transmit Event
            16. 12.2.1.4.7.16 CPTS Interrupt Handling
          8. 12.2.1.4.8 CPPI Streaming Packet Interface
            1. 12.2.1.4.8.1 Port 0 CPPI Transmit Packet Streaming Interface (CPSW_2G Egress)
            2. 12.2.1.4.8.2 Port 0 CPPI Receive Packet Streaming Interface (CPSW_2G Ingress)
            3. 12.2.1.4.8.3 CPPI Checksum Offload
              1. 12.2.1.4.8.3.1 CPPI Transmit Checksum Offload
                1. 12.2.1.4.8.3.1.1 IPV4 UDP
                2. 12.2.1.4.8.3.1.2 IPV4 TCP
                3. 12.2.1.4.8.3.1.3 IPV6 UDP
                4. 12.2.1.4.8.3.1.4 IPV6 TCP
            4. 12.2.1.4.8.4 CPPI Receive Checksum Offload
            5. 12.2.1.4.8.5 Egress Packet Operations
          9. 12.2.1.4.9 MII Management Interface (MDIO)
            1. 12.2.1.4.9.1 MDIO Frame Formats
            2. 12.2.1.4.9.2 MDIO Functional Description
        5. 12.2.1.5 MCU_CPSW0 Programming Guide
          1. 12.2.1.5.1 Initialization and Configuration of CPSW Subsystem
          2. 12.2.1.5.2 CPSW Reset
          3. 12.2.1.5.3 MDIO Software Interface
            1. 12.2.1.5.3.1 Initializing the MDIO Module
            2. 12.2.1.5.3.2 Writing Data To a PHY Register
            3. 12.2.1.5.3.3 Reading Data From a PHY Register
        6. 12.2.1.6 MCU_CPSW0 Registers
          1. 12.2.1.6.1  MCU_CPSW0_NUSS Subsystem (SS) Registers
          2. 12.2.1.6.2  MCU_CPSW0_SGMII Registers
          3. 12.2.1.6.3  MCU_CPSW0_MDIO Registers
          4. 12.2.1.6.4  MCU_CPSW0_CPTS Registers
          5. 12.2.1.6.5  MCU_CPSW0_CONTROL Registers
          6. 12.2.1.6.6  MCU_CPSW0_CPINT Registers
          7. 12.2.1.6.7  MCU_CPSW0_RAM Registers
          8. 12.2.1.6.8  MCU_CPSW0_STAT0 Registers
          9. 12.2.1.6.9  MCU_CPSW0_STAT1 Registers
          10. 12.2.1.6.10 MCU_CPSW0_ALE Registers
          11. 12.2.1.6.11 MCU_CPSW0_ECC Registers
      2. 12.2.2 Gigabit Ethernet Switch (CPSW0)
        1. 12.2.2.1 CPSW0 Overview
          1. 12.2.2.1.1 CPSW0 Features
          2. 12.2.2.1.2 CPSW0 Not Supported Features
          3. 12.2.2.1.3 Terminology
        2. 12.2.2.2 CPSW0 Environment
          1. 12.2.2.2.1 CPSW0 RMII Interface
          2. 12.2.2.2.2 CPSW0 RGMII Interface
        3. 12.2.2.3 CPSW0 Integration
        4. 12.2.2.4 CPSW0 Functional Description
          1. 12.2.2.4.1 Functional Block Diagram
          2. 12.2.2.4.2 CPSW Ports
            1. 12.2.2.4.2.1 Interface Mode Selection
          3. 12.2.2.4.3 Clocking
            1. 12.2.2.4.3.1 Subsystem Clocking
            2. 12.2.2.4.3.2 Interface Clocking
              1. 12.2.2.4.3.2.1 RGMII Interface Clocking
              2. 12.2.2.4.3.2.2 RMII Interface Clocking
              3. 12.2.2.4.3.2.3 MDIO Clocking
          4. 12.2.2.4.4 Software IDLE
          5. 12.2.2.4.5 Interrupt Functionality
            1. 12.2.2.4.5.1 EVNT_PEND Interrupt
            2. 12.2.2.4.5.2 Statistics Interrupt (STAT_PEND0)
            3. 12.2.2.4.5.3 ECC DED Level Interrupt (ECC_DED_INT)
            4. 12.2.2.4.5.4 ECC SEC Level Interrupt (ECC_SEC_INT)
            5. 12.2.2.4.5.5 MDIO Interrupts
          6. 12.2.2.4.6 CPSW_5X
            1. 12.2.2.4.6.1  Address Lookup Engine (ALE)
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.1.1  Error Handling
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.1.2  Bypass Operations
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.1.3  OUI Deny or Accept
              4. 12.2.2.4.6.1.4  Statistics Counting
              5. 12.2.2.4.6.1.5  Automotive Security Features
              6. 12.2.2.4.6.1.6  CPSW Switching Solutions
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.1.6.1 Basics of 5-port Switch Type
              7. 12.2.2.4.6.1.7  VLAN Routing and OAM Operations
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.1.7.1 InterVLAN Routing
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.1.7.2 OAM Operations
              8. 12.2.2.4.6.1.8  Supervisory packets
              9. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9  Address Table Entry
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.1  Free Table Entry
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.2  Multicast Address Table Entry (Bit 40 == 0)
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.3  Multicast Address Table Entry (Bit 40 == 1)
                4. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.4  VLAN Unicast Address Table Entry (Bit 40 == 0)
                5. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.5  OUI Unicast Address Table Entry
                6. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.6  VLAN/Unicast Address Table Entry (Bit 40 == 0)
                7. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.7  VLAN/ Multicast Address Table Entry (Bit 40 == 1)
                8. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.8  Inner VLAN Table Entry
                9. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.9  Outer VLAN Table Entry
                10. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.10 EtherType Table Entry
                11. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.11 IPv4 Table Entry
                12. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.12 IPv6 Table Entry High
                13. 12.2.2.4.6.1.9.13 IPv6 Table Entry Low
              10. 12.2.2.4.6.1.10 Multicast Address
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.1.10.1 Multicast Ranges
              11. 12.2.2.4.6.1.11 Supervisory Packets
              12. 12.2.2.4.6.1.12 Aging and Auto Aging
              13. 12.2.2.4.6.1.13 ALE Policing and Classification
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.1.13.1 ALE Policing
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.1.13.2 Classifier to Host Thread Mapping
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.1.13.3 ALE Classification
                  1. 2.2.4.6.1.13.3.1 Classifier to CPPI Transmit Flow ID Mapping
              14. 12.2.2.4.6.1.14 Mirroring
              15. 12.2.2.4.6.1.15 Trunking
              16. 12.2.2.4.6.1.16 DSCP
              17. 12.2.2.4.6.1.17 Packet Forwarding Processes
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.1.17.1 Ingress Filtering Process
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.1.17.2 VLAN_Aware Lookup Process
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.1.17.3 Egress Process
                4. 12.2.2.4.6.1.17.4 Learning/Updating/Touching Processes
                  1. 2.2.4.6.1.17.4.1 Learning Process
                  2. 2.2.4.6.1.17.4.2 Updating Process
                  3. 2.2.4.6.1.17.4.3 Touching Process
              18. 12.2.2.4.6.1.18 VLAN Aware Mode
              19. 12.2.2.4.6.1.19 VLAN Unaware Mode
            2. 12.2.2.4.6.2  Packet Priority Handling
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.2.1 Priority Mapping and Transmit VLAN Priority
            3. 12.2.2.4.6.3  CPPI Port Ingress
            4. 12.2.2.4.6.4  Packet CRC Handling
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.4.1 Transmit VLAN Processing
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.4.1.1 Untagged Packets (No VLAN or Priority Tag Header)
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.4.1.2 Priority Tagged Packets (VLAN VID == 0 && EN_VID0_MODE ==0h)
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.4.1.3 VLAN Tagged Packets (VLAN VID != 0 || (EN_VID0_MODE ==1h && VLAN VID ==0))
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.4.2 Ethernet Port Ingress Packet CRC
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.4.3 Ethernet Port Egress Packet CRC
              4. 12.2.2.4.6.4.4 CPPI Port Ingress Packet CRC
              5. 12.2.2.4.6.4.5 CPPI Port Egress Packet CRC
            5. 12.2.2.4.6.5  FIFO Memory Control
            6. 12.2.2.4.6.6  FIFO Transmit Queue Control
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.6.1 CPPI Port Receive Rate Limiting
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.6.2 Ethernet Port Transmit Rate Limiting
            7. 12.2.2.4.6.7  Intersperced Express Traffic (IET – P802.3br/D2.0)
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.7.1 IET Configuration
            8. 12.2.2.4.6.8  Enhanced Scheduled Traffic (EST – P802.1Qbv/D2.2)
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.8.1 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Overview
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.8.2 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Fetch RAM
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.8.3 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Time Interval
              4. 12.2.2.4.6.8.4 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Fetch Values
              5. 12.2.2.4.6.8.5 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Packet Fill
              6. 12.2.2.4.6.8.6 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Time Stamp
            9. 12.2.2.4.6.9  Audio Video Bridging
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.9.1 IEEE 802.1AS: Timing and Synchronization for Time-Sensitive Applications in Bridged Local Area Networks (Precision Time Protocol (PTP))
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.9.1.1 IEEE 1722: "Layer 2 Transport Protocol for Time-Sensitive Streams"
                  1. 2.2.4.6.9.1.1.1 Cross-timestamping and Presentation Timestamps
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.9.1.2 IEEE 1733: Extends RTCP for RTP Streaming over AVB-supported Networks
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.9.2 IEEE 802.1Qav: "Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks: Forwarding and Queuing for Time-Sensitive Streams"
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.9.2.1 Configuring the Device for 802.1Qav Operation
            10. 12.2.2.4.6.10 Ethernet MAC Sliver
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.10.1  CRC Insertion
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.10.2  MTXER
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.10.3  Adaptive Performance Optimization (APO)
              4. 12.2.2.4.6.10.4  Inter-Packet-Gap Enforcement
              5. 12.2.2.4.6.10.5  Back Off
              6. 12.2.2.4.6.10.6  Programmable Transmit Inter-Packet Gap
              7. 12.2.2.4.6.10.7  Speed, Duplex and Pause Frame Support Negotiation
              8. 12.2.2.4.6.10.8  RMII Interface
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.10.8.1 Features
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.10.8.2 RMII Receive (RX)
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.10.8.3 RMII Transmit (TX)
              9. 12.2.2.4.6.10.9  RGMII Interface
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.10.9.1 Features
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.10.9.2 RGMII Receive (RX)
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.10.9.3 In-Band Mode of Operation
                4. 12.2.2.4.6.10.9.4 Forced Mode of Operation
                5. 12.2.2.4.6.10.9.5 RGMII Transmit (TX)
              10. 12.2.2.4.6.10.10 Frame Classification
              11. 12.2.2.4.6.10.11 Receive FIFO Architecture
            11. 12.2.2.4.6.11 Embedded Memories
            12. 12.2.2.4.6.12 Memory Error Detection and Correction
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.12.1 Packet Header ECC
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.12.2 Packet Protect CRC
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.12.3 Aggregator RAM Control
            13. 12.2.2.4.6.13 Ethernet Port Flow Control
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.13.1 Ethernet Receive Flow Control
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.13.1.1 Collision Based Receive Buffer Flow Control
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.13.1.2 IEEE 802.3X Based Receive Flow Control
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.13.2 Qbb (10/100/1G/10G) Receive Priority Based Flow Control (PFC)
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.13.3 Ethernet Transmit Flow Control
            14. 12.2.2.4.6.14 PFC Trigger Rules
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.14.1 Destination Based Rule
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.14.2 Sum of Outflows Rule
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.14.3 Sum of Blocks Per Port Rule
              4. 12.2.2.4.6.14.4 Sum of Blocks Total Rule
              5. 12.2.2.4.6.14.5 Top of Receive FIFO Rule
            15. 12.2.2.4.6.15 Energy Efficient Ethernet Support (802.3az)
            16. 12.2.2.4.6.16 Ethernet Switch Latency
            17. 12.2.2.4.6.17 MAC Emulation Control
            18. 12.2.2.4.6.18 MAC Command IDLE
            19. 12.2.2.4.6.19 CPSW Network Statistics
              1. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1  Rx-only Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.1  Good Rx Frames (Offset = 3A000h)
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.2  Broadcast Rx Frames (Offset = 3A004h)
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.3  Multicast Rx Frames (Offset = 3A008h)
                4. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.4  Pause Rx Frames (Offset = 3A00Ch)
                5. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.5  Rx CRC Errors (Offset = 3A010h)
                6. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.6  Rx Align/Code Errors (Offset = 3A014h)
                7. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.7  Oversize Rx Frames (Offset = 3A018h)
                8. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.8  Rx Jabbers (Offset = 3A01Ch)
                9. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.9  Undersize (Short) Rx Frames (Offset = 3A020h)
                10. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.10 Rx Fragments (Offset = 3A024h)
                11. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.11 RX IPG Error
                12. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.12 ALE Drop (Offset = 3A028h)
                13. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.13 ALE Overrun Drop (Offset = 3A02Ch)
                14. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.14 Rx Octets (Offset = 3A030h)
                15. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.15 Rx Bottom of FIFO Drop (Offset = 3A084h)
                16. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.16 Portmask Drop (Offset = 3A088h)
                17. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.17 Rx Top of FIFO Drop (Offset = 3A08Ch)
                18. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.18 ALE Rate Limit Drop (Offset = 3A090h)
                19. 12.2.2.4.6.19.1.19 ALE VLAN Ingress Check Drop (Offset = 3A094h)
                  1. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.1  ALE DA=SA Drop (Offset = 3A098h)
                  2. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.2  Block Address Drop (Offset = 3A09Ch)
                  3. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.3  ALE Secure Drop (Offset = 3A0A0h)
                  4. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.4  ALE Authentication Drop (Offset = 3A0A4h)
                  5. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.5  ALE Unknown Unicast (Offset = 3A0A8h)
                  6. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.6  ALE Unknown Unicast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0ACh)
                  7. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.7  ALE Unknown Multicast (Offset = 3A0B0h)
                  8. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.8  ALE Unknown Multicast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0B4h)
                  9. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.9  ALE Unknown Broadcast (Offset = 3A0B8h)
                  10. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.10 ALE Unknown Broadcast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0BCh)
                  11. 2.2.4.6.19.1.19.11 ALE Policer/Classifier Match (Offset = 3A0C0h)
              2. 12.2.2.4.6.19.2  ALE Policer Match Red (Offset = 3A0C4h)
              3. 12.2.2.4.6.19.3  ALE Policer Match Yellow (Offset = 3A0C8h)
              4. 12.2.2.4.6.19.4  IET Receive Assembly Error (Offset = 3A140h)
              5. 12.2.2.4.6.19.5  IET Receive Assembly OK (Offset = 3A144h)
              6. 12.2.2.4.6.19.6  IET Receive SMD Error (Offset = 3A148h)
              7. 12.2.2.4.6.19.7  IET Receive Merge Fragment Count (Offset = 3A14Ch)
              8. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8  Tx-only Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.1  Good Tx Frames (Offset = 3A034h)
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.2  Broadcast Tx Frames (Offset = 3A038h)
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.3  Multicast Tx Frames (Offset = 3A03Ch)
                4. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.4  Pause Tx Frames (Offset = 3A040h)
                5. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.5  Deferred Tx Frames (Offset = 3A044h)
                6. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.6  Collisions (Offset = 3A048h)
                7. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.7  Single Collision Tx Frames (Offset = 3A04Ch)
                8. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.8  Multiple Collision Tx Frames (Offset = 3A050h)
                9. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.9  Excessive Collisions (Offset = 3A054h)
                10. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.10 Late Collisions (Offset = 3A058h)
                11. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.11 Carrier Sense Errors (Offset = 3A060h)
                12. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.12 Tx Octets (Offset = 3A064h)
                13. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.13 Transmit Priority 0-7 (Offset = 3A180h to 3A1A8h)
                14. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.14 Transmit Priority 0-7 Drop (Offset = 3A1C0h to 3A1E8h)
                15. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.15 Tx Memory Protect Errors (Offset = 3A17Ch)
                16. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.16 IET Transmit Merge Fragment Count (Offset = 3A14Ch)
                17. 12.2.2.4.6.19.8.17 IET Transmit Merge Hold Count (Offset = 3A150h)
              9. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9  Rx- and Tx (Shared) Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9.1 Rx + Tx 64 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A068h)
                2. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9.2 Rx + Tx 65–127 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A06Ch)
                3. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9.3 Rx + Tx 128–255 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A070h)
                4. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9.4 Rx + Tx 256–511 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A074h)
                5. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9.5 Rx + Tx 512–1023 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A078h)
                6. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9.6 Rx + Tx 1024_Up Octet Frames (Offset = 3A07Ch)
                7. 12.2.2.4.6.19.9.7 Net Octets (Offset = 3A080h)
              10. 12.2.2.4.6.19.10 2324
          7. 12.2.2.4.7 Common Platform Time Sync (CPTS)
            1. 12.2.2.4.7.1  CPSW0 CPTS Integration
            2. 12.2.2.4.7.2  CPTS Architecture
            3. 12.2.2.4.7.3  CPTS Initialization
            4. 12.2.2.4.7.4  32-bit Time Stamp Value
            5. 12.2.2.4.7.5  64-bit Time Stamp Value
            6. 12.2.2.4.7.6  64-Bit Timestamp Nudge
            7. 12.2.2.4.7.7  64-bit Timestamp PPM
            8. 12.2.2.4.7.8  Event FIFO
            9. 12.2.2.4.7.9  Timestamp Compare Output
              1. 12.2.2.4.7.9.1 Non-Toggle Mode: 32-bit
              2. 12.2.2.4.7.9.2 Non-Toggle Mode: 64-bit
              3. 12.2.2.4.7.9.3 Toggle Mode: 32-bit
              4. 12.2.2.4.7.9.4 Toggle Mode: 64-bit
            10. 12.2.2.4.7.10 Timestamp Sync Output
            11. 12.2.2.4.7.11 Timestamp GENFn Output
              1. 12.2.2.4.7.11.1 GENFn Nudge
              2. 12.2.2.4.7.11.2 GENFn PPM
            12. 12.2.2.4.7.12 Timestamp ESTFn
            13. 12.2.2.4.7.13 Time Sync Events
              1. 12.2.2.4.7.13.1 Time Stamp Push Event
              2. 12.2.2.4.7.13.2 Time Stamp Counter Rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
              3. 12.2.2.4.7.13.3 Time Stamp Counter Half-rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
              4. 12.2.2.4.7.13.4 Hardware Time Stamp Push Event
              5. 12.2.2.4.7.13.5 Ethernet Port Events
                1. 12.2.2.4.7.13.5.1 Ethernet Port Receive Event
                2. 12.2.2.4.7.13.5.2 Ethernet Port Transmit Event
                3. 12.2.2.4.7.13.5.3 2352
            14. 12.2.2.4.7.14 Timestamp Compare Event
              1. 12.2.2.4.7.14.1 32-Bit Mode
              2. 12.2.2.4.7.14.2 64-Bit Mode
            15. 12.2.2.4.7.15 Host Transmit Event
            16. 12.2.2.4.7.16 CPTS Interrupt Handling
          8. 12.2.2.4.8 CPPI Streaming Packet Interface
            1. 12.2.2.4.8.1 Port 0 CPPI Transmit Packet Streaming Interface (CPSW_5X Egress)
            2. 12.2.2.4.8.2 CPPI Receive Packet Streaming Interface (CPSW Ingress)
            3. 12.2.2.4.8.3 CPPI Checksum Offload
              1. 12.2.2.4.8.3.1 CPPI Transmit Checksum Offload
                1. 12.2.2.4.8.3.1.1 IPV4 UDP
                2. 12.2.2.4.8.3.1.2 IPV4 TCP
                3. 12.2.2.4.8.3.1.3 IPV6 UDP
                4. 12.2.2.4.8.3.1.4 IPV6 TCP
            4. 12.2.2.4.8.4 CPPI Receive Checksum Offload
            5. 12.2.2.4.8.5 Egress Packet Operations
          9. 12.2.2.4.9 MII Management Interface (MDIO)
            1. 12.2.2.4.9.1 MDIO Frame Formats
            2. 12.2.2.4.9.2 MDIO Functional Description
        5. 12.2.2.5 CPSW0 Programming Guide
          1. 12.2.2.5.1 Initialization and Configuration of CPSW Subsystem
          2. 12.2.2.5.2 Ethernet MAC Reset or XGMII/GMII Mode Change Configuration
          3. 12.2.2.5.3 MDIO Software Interface
            1. 12.2.2.5.3.1 Initializing the MDIO Module
            2. 12.2.2.5.3.2 Writing Data To a PHY Register
            3. 12.2.2.5.3.3 Reading Data From a PHY Register
        6. 12.2.2.6 CPSW0 Registers
          1. 12.2.2.6.1  CPSW0_NUSS Subsystem (SS) Registers
          2. 12.2.2.6.2  CPSW0_SGMII Registers
          3. 12.2.2.6.3  CPSW0_MDIO Registers
          4. 12.2.2.6.4  CPSW0_CPTS Registers
          5. 12.2.2.6.5  CPSW0_CONTROL Registers
          6. 12.2.2.6.6  CPSW0_CPINT Registers
          7. 12.2.2.6.7  CPSW0_RAM Registers
          8. 12.2.2.6.8  CPSW0_STAT Registers
          9. 12.2.2.6.9  CPSW0_ALE Registers
          10. 12.2.2.6.10 CPSW0_PCSR Registers
          11. 12.2.2.6.11 CPSW0_ECC Registers
      3. 12.2.3 Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) Subsystem
        1. 12.2.3.1 PCIe Subsystem Overview
          1. 12.2.3.1.1 PCIe Subsystem Features
          2. 12.2.3.1.2 PCIe Subsystem Not Supported Features
        2. 12.2.3.2 PCIe Subsystem Environment
        3. 12.2.3.3 PCIe Subsystem Integration
        4. 12.2.3.4 PCIe Subsystem Functional Description
          1. 12.2.3.4.1  PCIe Subsystem Block Diagram
            1. 12.2.3.4.1.1 PCIe Core Module
            2. 12.2.3.4.1.2 PCIe PHY Interface
            3. 12.2.3.4.1.3 CBA Infrastructure
            4. 12.2.3.4.1.4 VBUSM to AXI Bridges
            5. 12.2.3.4.1.5 AXI to VBUSM Bridges
            6. 12.2.3.4.1.6 VBUSP to APB Bridge
            7. 12.2.3.4.1.7 Custom Logic
          2. 12.2.3.4.2  PCIe Subsystem Reset Schemes
            1. 12.2.3.4.2.1 PCIe Conventional Reset
            2. 12.2.3.4.2.2 PCIe Function Level Reset
            3. 12.2.3.4.2.3 PCIe Reset Isolation
              1. 12.2.3.4.2.3.1 Root Port Reset with Device Not Reset
              2. 12.2.3.4.2.3.2 Device Reset with Root Port Not Reset
              3. 12.2.3.4.2.3.3 End Point Device Reset with Root Port Not Reset
              4. 12.2.3.4.2.3.4 Device Reset with End Point Device Not Reset
            4. 12.2.3.4.2.4 PCIe Reset Limitations
            5. 12.2.3.4.2.5 PCIe Reset Requirements
          3. 12.2.3.4.3  PCIe Subsystem Power Management
            1. 12.2.3.4.3.1 CBA Power Management
          4. 12.2.3.4.4  PCIe Subsystem Interrupts
            1. 12.2.3.4.4.1 Interrupts Aggregation
            2. 12.2.3.4.4.2 Interrupt Generation in EP Mode
              1. 12.2.3.4.4.2.1 Legacy Interrupt Generation in EP Mode
              2. 12.2.3.4.4.2.2 MSI and MSI-X Interrupt Generation
            3. 12.2.3.4.4.3 Interrupt Reception in EP Mode
              1. 12.2.3.4.4.3.1 PCIe Core Downstream Interrupts
              2. 12.2.3.4.4.3.2 PCIe Core Function Level Reset Interrupts
              3. 12.2.3.4.4.3.3 PCIe Core Power Management Event Interrupts
              4. 12.2.3.4.4.3.4 PCIe Core Hot Reset Request Interrupt
              5. 12.2.3.4.4.3.5 PTM Valid Interrupt
            4. 12.2.3.4.4.4 Interrupt Generation in RP Mode
            5. 12.2.3.4.4.5 Interrupt Reception in RP Mode
              1. 12.2.3.4.4.5.1 PCIe Legacy Interrupt Reception in RP Mode
              2. 12.2.3.4.4.5.2 MSI/MSI-X Interrupt Reception in RP Mode
              3. 12.2.3.4.4.5.3 Advanced Error Reporting Interrupt
            6. 12.2.3.4.4.6 Common Interrupt Reception in RP and EP Modes
              1. 12.2.3.4.4.6.1 PCIe Local Interrupt
              2. 12.2.3.4.4.6.2 PHY Interrupt
              3. 12.2.3.4.4.6.3 Link down Interrupt
              4. 12.2.3.4.4.6.4 Transaction Error Interrupts
              5. 12.2.3.4.4.6.5 Power Management Event Interrupt
              6. 12.2.3.4.4.6.6 Active Internal Diagnostics Interrupts
            7. 12.2.3.4.4.7 ECC Aggregator Interrupts
            8. 12.2.3.4.4.8 CPTS Interrupt
          5. 12.2.3.4.5  PCIe Subsystem DMA Support
            1. 12.2.3.4.5.1 PCIe DMA Support in RP Mode
            2. 12.2.3.4.5.2 PCIe DMA Support in EP Mode
          6. 12.2.3.4.6  PCIe Subsystem Transactions
            1. 12.2.3.4.6.1 PCIe Supported Transactions
            2. 12.2.3.4.6.2 PCIe Transaction Limitations
          7. 12.2.3.4.7  PCIe Subsystem Address Translation
            1. 12.2.3.4.7.1 PCIe Inbound Address Translation
              1. 12.2.3.4.7.1.1 Root Port Inbound PCIe to AXI Address Translation
              2. 12.2.3.4.7.1.2 End Point Inbound PCIe to AXI Address Translation
            2. 12.2.3.4.7.2 PCIe Outbound Address Translation
              1. 12.2.3.4.7.2.1 PCIe Outbound Address Translation Bypass
          8. 12.2.3.4.8  PCIe Subsystem Virtualization Support
            1. 12.2.3.4.8.1 End Point SR-IOV Support
            2. 12.2.3.4.8.2 Root Port ATS Support
            3. 12.2.3.4.8.3 VirtID Mapping
          9. 12.2.3.4.9  PCIe Subsystem Quality-of-Service (QoS)
          10. 12.2.3.4.10 PCIe Subsystem Precision Time Measurement (PTM)
          11. 12.2.3.4.11 PCIe Subsystem Loopback
            1. 12.2.3.4.11.1 PCIe PIPE Loopback
              1. 12.2.3.4.11.1.1 PIPE Loopback Master Mode
              2. 12.2.3.4.11.1.2 PIPE Loopback Slave Mode
          12. 12.2.3.4.12 PCIe Subsystem Error Handling
            1. 12.2.3.4.12.1 PCIe AXI to/from VBUSM Bus Error Mapping
          13. 12.2.3.4.13 PCIe Subsystem Internal Diagnostics Features
            1. 12.2.3.4.13.1 PCIe Parity
            2. 12.2.3.4.13.2 ECC Aggregators
            3. 12.2.3.4.13.3 RAM ECC Inversion
          14. 12.2.3.4.14 LTSSM State Encoding
        5. 12.2.3.5 PCIe Subsystem Registers
          1. 12.2.3.5.1  PCIE_CORE_EP_PF Registers
          2. 12.2.3.5.2  PCIE_CORE_EP_VF Registers
          3. 12.2.3.5.3  PCIE_CORE_RP Registers
          4. 12.2.3.5.4  PCIE_CORE_LM Registers
          5. 12.2.3.5.5  PCIE_CORE_AXI Registers
          6. 12.2.3.5.6  PCIE_INTD Registers
          7. 12.2.3.5.7  PCIE_VMAP Registers
          8. 12.2.3.5.8  PCIE_CPTS Registers
          9. 12.2.3.5.9  PCIE_USER_CFG Registers
          10. 12.2.3.5.10 PCIE_ECC_AGGR0 Registers
          11. 12.2.3.5.11 PCIE_ECC_AGGR1 Registers
          12. 12.2.3.5.12 PCIE_DAT0 Registers
          13. 12.2.3.5.13 PCIE_DAT1 Registers
      4. 12.2.4 Universal Serial Bus (USB) Subsystem
        1. 12.2.4.1 USB Overview
          1. 12.2.4.1.1 USB Features
          2. 12.2.4.1.2 USB Not Supported Features
          3. 12.2.4.1.3 USB Terminology
        2. 12.2.4.2 USB Environment
        3. 12.2.4.3 USB Integration
        4. 12.2.4.4 USB Functional Description
          1. 12.2.4.4.1 USB Type-C Connector Support
          2. 12.2.4.4.2 USB Controller Reset
          3. 12.2.4.4.3 Overcurrent Detection
          4. 12.2.4.4.4 Top-Level Initialization Sequence
        5. 12.2.4.5 USB Registers
          1. 12.2.4.5.1 USB3P0SS_MMR_MMRVBP_USBSS_CMN Registers
          2. 12.2.4.5.2 USB_ECC_AGGR_CFG Registers
          3. 12.2.4.5.3 USB_RAMS_INJ_CFG Registers
      5. 12.2.5 Serializer/Deserializer (SerDes)
        1. 12.2.5.1 SerDes Overview
          1. 12.2.5.1.1 SerDes Features
          2. 12.2.5.1.2 Industry Standards Compatibility
        2. 12.2.5.2 SerDes Environment
          1. 12.2.5.2.1 SerDes I/Os
        3. 12.2.5.3 SerDes Integration
          1. 12.2.5.3.1 WIZ Settings
            1. 12.2.5.3.1.1 Interface Selection
            2. 12.2.5.3.1.2 Reference Clock Distribution
            3. 12.2.5.3.1.3 Internal Reference Clock Selection
        4. 12.2.5.4 SerDes Functional Description
          1. 12.2.5.4.1 SerDes Block Diagram
          2. 12.2.5.4.2 SerDes Programming Guide
    3. 12.3 Memory Interfaces
      1. 12.3.1 Flash Subsystem (FSS)
        1. 12.3.1.1 FSS Overview
          1. 12.3.1.1.1 FSS Features
          2. 12.3.1.1.2 FSS Not Supported Features
        2. 12.3.1.2 FSS Environment
          1. 12.3.1.2.1 FSS Typical Application
        3. 12.3.1.3 FSS Integration
          1. 12.3.1.3.1 FSS Integration in MCU Domain
        4. 12.3.1.4 FSS Functional Description
          1. 12.3.1.4.1 FSS Block Diagram
          2. 12.3.1.4.2 FSS ECC Support
            1. 12.3.1.4.2.1 FSS ECC Calculation
          3. 12.3.1.4.3 FSS Modes of Operation
          4. 12.3.1.4.4 FSS Regions
            1. 12.3.1.4.4.1 FSS Regions Boot Size Configuration
          5. 12.3.1.4.5 FSS Memory Regions
        5. 12.3.1.5 FSS Programming Guide
          1. 12.3.1.5.1 FSS Initialization Sequence
          2. 12.3.1.5.2 FSS Real-Time Operation
          3. 12.3.1.5.3 FSS Power Up/Down Sequence
        6. 12.3.1.6 FSS Registers
      2. 12.3.2 Octal Serial Peripheral Interface (OSPI)
        1. 12.3.2.1 OSPI Overview
          1. 12.3.2.1.1 OSPI Features
          2. 12.3.2.1.2 OSPI Not Supported Features
        2. 12.3.2.2 OSPI Environment
        3. 12.3.2.3 OSPI Integration
          1. 12.3.2.3.1 OSPI Integration in MCU Domain
        4. 12.3.2.4 OSPI Functional Description
          1. 12.3.2.4.1  OSPI Block Diagram
            1. 12.3.2.4.1.1 Data Target Interface
            2. 12.3.2.4.1.2 Configuration Target Interface
            3. 12.3.2.4.1.3 OSPI Clock Domains
          2. 12.3.2.4.2  OSPI Modes
            1. 12.3.2.4.2.1 Read Data Capture
              1. 12.3.2.4.2.1.1 Mechanisms of Data Capturing
              2. 12.3.2.4.2.1.2 Data Capturing Mechanism Using Taps
              3. 12.3.2.4.2.1.3 Data Capturing Mechanism Using PHY Module
            2. 12.3.2.4.2.2 External Pull Down on DQS
          3. 12.3.2.4.3  OSPI Power Management
          4. 12.3.2.4.4  Auto HW Polling
          5. 12.3.2.4.5  Flash Reset
          6. 12.3.2.4.6  OSPI Memory Regions
          7. 12.3.2.4.7  OSPI Interrupt Requests
          8. 12.3.2.4.8  OSPI Data Interface
            1. 12.3.2.4.8.1 Data Interface Address Remapping
            2. 12.3.2.4.8.2 Write Protection
            3. 12.3.2.4.8.3 Access Forwarding
          9. 12.3.2.4.9  OSPI Direct Access Controller (DAC)
          10. 12.3.2.4.10 OSPI Indirect Access Controller (INDAC)
            1. 12.3.2.4.10.1 Indirect Read Controller
              1. 12.3.2.4.10.1.1 Indirect Read Transfer Process
            2. 12.3.2.4.10.2 Indirect Write Controller
              1. 12.3.2.4.10.2.1 Indirect Write Transfer Process
            3. 12.3.2.4.10.3 Indirect Access Queuing
            4. 12.3.2.4.10.4 Consecutive Writes and Reads Using Indirect Transfers
            5. 12.3.2.4.10.5 Accessing the SRAM
          11. 12.3.2.4.11 OSPI Software-Triggered Instruction Generator (STIG)
            1. 12.3.2.4.11.1 Servicing a STIG Request
            2. 12.3.2.4.11.2 2576
          12. 12.3.2.4.12 OSPI Arbitration Between Direct / Indirect Access Controller and STIG
          13. 12.3.2.4.13 OSPI Command Translation
          14. 12.3.2.4.14 Selecting the Flash Instruction Type
          15. 12.3.2.4.15 OSPI Data Integrity
          16. 12.3.2.4.16 OSPI PHY Module
            1. 12.3.2.4.16.1 PHY Pipeline Mode
            2. 12.3.2.4.16.2 Read Data Capturing by the PHY Module
        5. 12.3.2.5 OSPI Programming Guide
          1. 12.3.2.5.1 Configuring the OSPI Controller for Use After Reset
          2. 12.3.2.5.2 Configuring the OSPI Controller for Optimal Use
          3. 12.3.2.5.3 Using the Flash Command Control Register (STIG Operation)
          4. 12.3.2.5.4 Using SPI Legacy Mode
          5. 12.3.2.5.5 Entering XIP Mode from POR
          6. 12.3.2.5.6 Entering XIP Mode Otherwise
          7. 12.3.2.5.7 Exiting XIP Mode
        6. 12.3.2.6 OSPI Registers
      3. 12.3.3 HyperBus Interface
        1. 12.3.3.1 HyperBus Overview
          1. 12.3.3.1.1 HyperBus Features
          2. 12.3.3.1.2 HyperBus Not Supported Features
        2. 12.3.3.2 HyperBus Environment
        3. 12.3.3.3 HyperBus Integration
          1. 12.3.3.3.1 HyperBus Integration in MCU Domain
        4. 12.3.3.4 HyperBus Functional Description
          1. 12.3.3.4.1 HyperBus Interrupts
          2. 12.3.3.4.2 HyperBus ECC Support
            1. 12.3.3.4.2.1 ECC Aggregator
          3. 12.3.3.4.3 HyperBus Internal FIFOs
          4. 12.3.3.4.4 HyperBus Data Regions
          5. 12.3.3.4.5 HyperBus True Continuous Read (TCR) Mode
        5. 12.3.3.5 HyperBus Programming Guide
          1. 12.3.3.5.1 HyperBus Initialization Sequence
            1. 12.3.3.5.1.1 HyperFlash Access
            2. 12.3.3.5.1.2 HyperRAM Access
          2. 12.3.3.5.2 HyperBus Real-time Operating Requirements
          3. 12.3.3.5.3 HyperBus Power Up/Down Sequence
        6. 12.3.3.6 HyperBus Registers
      4. 12.3.4 General-Purpose Memory Controller (GPMC)
        1. 12.3.4.1 GPMC Overview
          1. 12.3.4.1.1 GPMC Features
          2. 12.3.4.1.2 GPMC Not Supported Features
        2. 12.3.4.2 GPMC Environment
          1. 12.3.4.2.1 GPMC Modes
          2. 12.3.4.2.2 GPMC I/O Signals
        3. 12.3.4.3 GPMC Integration
          1. 12.3.4.3.1 GPMC Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.3.4.4 GPMC Functional Description
          1. 12.3.4.4.1  GPMC Block Diagram
          2. 12.3.4.4.2  GPMC Clock Configuration
          3. 12.3.4.4.3  GPMC Power Management
          4. 12.3.4.4.4  GPMC Interrupt Requests
          5. 12.3.4.4.5  GPMC Interconnect Port Interface
          6. 12.3.4.4.6  GPMC Address and Data Bus
            1. 12.3.4.4.6.1 GPMC I/O Configuration Setting
          7. 12.3.4.4.7  GPMC Address Decoder and Chip-Select Configuration
            1. 12.3.4.4.7.1 Chip-Select Base Address and Region Size
            2. 12.3.4.4.7.2 Access Protocol
              1. 12.3.4.4.7.2.1 Supported Devices
              2. 12.3.4.4.7.2.2 Access Size Adaptation and Device Width
              3. 12.3.4.4.7.2.3 Address/Data-Multiplexing Interface
            3. 12.3.4.4.7.3 External Signals
              1. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1 WAIT Pin Monitoring Control
                1. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1.1 Wait Monitoring During Asynchronous Read Access
                2. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1.2 Wait Monitoring During Asynchronous Write Access
                3. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1.3 Wait Monitoring During Synchronous Read Access
                4. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1.4 Wait Monitoring During Synchronous Write Access
                5. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1.5 Wait With NAND Device
                6. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1.6 Idle Cycle Control Between Successive Accesses
                  1. 3.4.4.7.3.1.6.1 Bus Turnaround (BUSTURNAROUND)
                  2. 3.4.4.7.3.1.6.2 Idle Cycles Between Accesses to Same Chip-Select (CYCLE2CYCLESAMECSEN, CYCLE2CYCLEDELAY)
                  3. 3.4.4.7.3.1.6.3 Idle Cycles Between Accesses to Different Chip-Select (CYCLE2CYCLEDIFFCSEN, CYCLE2CYCLEDELAY)
                7. 12.3.4.4.7.3.1.7 Slow Device Support (TIMEPARAGRANULARITY Parameter)
              2. 12.3.4.4.7.3.2 DIR Pin
              3. 12.3.4.4.7.3.3 Reset
              4. 12.3.4.4.7.3.4 Write Protect Signal (nWP)
              5. 12.3.4.4.7.3.5 Byte Enable (nBE1/nBE0)
            4. 12.3.4.4.7.4 Error Handling
          8. 12.3.4.4.8  GPMC Timing Setting
            1. 12.3.4.4.8.1  Read Cycle Time and Write Cycle Time (RDCYCLETIME / WRCYCLETIME)
            2. 12.3.4.4.8.2  nCS: Chip-Select Signal Control Assertion/Deassertion Time (CSONTIME / CSRDOFFTIME / CSWROFFTIME / CSEXTRADELAY)
            3. 12.3.4.4.8.3  nADV/ALE: Address Valid/Address Latch Enable Signal Control Assertion/Deassertion Time (ADVONTIME / ADVRDOFFTIME / ADVWROFFTIME / ADVEXTRADELAY/ADVAADMUXONTIME/ADVAADMUXRDOFFTIME/ADVAADMUXWROFFTIME)
            4. 12.3.4.4.8.4  nOE/nRE: Output Enable/Read Enable Signal Control Assertion/Deassertion Time (OEONTIME / OEOFFTIME / OEEXTRADELAY / OEAADMUXONTIME / OEAADMUXOFFTIME)
            5. 12.3.4.4.8.5  nWE: Write Enable Signal Control Assertion/Deassertion Time (WEONTIME / WEOFFTIME / WEEXTRADELAY)
            6. 12.3.4.4.8.6  GPMC_CLKOUT
            7. 12.3.4.4.8.7  GPMC Output Clock and Control Signals Setup and Hold
            8. 12.3.4.4.8.8  Access Time (RDACCESSTIME / WRACCESSTIME)
              1. 12.3.4.4.8.8.1 Access Time on Read Access
              2. 12.3.4.4.8.8.2 Access Time on Write Access
            9. 12.3.4.4.8.9  Page Burst Access Time (PAGEBURSTACCESSTIME)
              1. 12.3.4.4.8.9.1 Page Burst Access Time on Read Access
              2. 12.3.4.4.8.9.2 Page Burst Access Time on Write Access
            10. 12.3.4.4.8.10 Bus Keeping Support
          9. 12.3.4.4.9  GPMC NOR Access Description
            1. 12.3.4.4.9.1 Asynchronous Access Description
              1. 12.3.4.4.9.1.1 Access on Address/Data Multiplexed Devices
                1. 12.3.4.4.9.1.1.1 Asynchronous Single-Read Operation on an Address/Data Multiplexed Device
                2. 12.3.4.4.9.1.1.2 Asynchronous Single-Write Operation on an Address/Data-Multiplexed Device
                3. 12.3.4.4.9.1.1.3 Asynchronous Multiple (Page) Write Operation on an Address/Data-Multiplexed Device
              2. 12.3.4.4.9.1.2 Access on Address/Address/Data-Multiplexed Devices
                1. 12.3.4.4.9.1.2.1 Asynchronous Single Read Operation on an AAD-Multiplexed Device
                2. 12.3.4.4.9.1.2.2 Asynchronous Single-Write Operation on an AAD-Multiplexed Device
                3. 12.3.4.4.9.1.2.3 Asynchronous Multiple (Page) Read Operation on an AAD-Multiplexed Device
            2. 12.3.4.4.9.2 Synchronous Access Description
              1. 12.3.4.4.9.2.1 Synchronous Single Read
              2. 12.3.4.4.9.2.2 Synchronous Multiple (Burst) Read (4-, 8-, 16-Word16 Burst With Wraparound Capability)
              3. 12.3.4.4.9.2.3 Synchronous Single Write
              4. 12.3.4.4.9.2.4 Synchronous Multiple (Burst) Write
            3. 12.3.4.4.9.3 Asynchronous and Synchronous Accesses in non-multiplexed Mode
              1. 12.3.4.4.9.3.1 Asynchronous Single-Read Operation on non-multiplexed Device
              2. 12.3.4.4.9.3.2 Asynchronous Single-Write Operation on non-multiplexed Device
              3. 12.3.4.4.9.3.3 Asynchronous Multiple (Page Mode) Read Operation on non-multiplexed Device
              4. 12.3.4.4.9.3.4 Synchronous Operations on a non-multiplexed Device
            4. 12.3.4.4.9.4 Page and Burst Support
            5. 12.3.4.4.9.5 System Burst vs External Device Burst Support
          10. 12.3.4.4.10 GPMC pSRAM Access Specificities
          11. 12.3.4.4.11 GPMC NAND Access Description
            1. 12.3.4.4.11.1 NAND Memory Device in Byte or 16-bit Word Stream Mode
              1. 12.3.4.4.11.1.1 Chip-Select Configuration for NAND Interfacing in Byte or Word Stream Mode
              2. 12.3.4.4.11.1.2 NAND Device Command and Address Phase Control
              3. 12.3.4.4.11.1.3 Command Latch Cycle
              4. 12.3.4.4.11.1.4 Address Latch Cycle
              5. 12.3.4.4.11.1.5 NAND Device Data Read and Write Phase Control in Stream Mode
              6. 12.3.4.4.11.1.6 NAND Device General Chip-Select Timing Control Requirement
              7. 12.3.4.4.11.1.7 Read and Write Access Size Adaptation
                1. 12.3.4.4.11.1.7.1 8-Bit-Wide NAND Device
                2. 12.3.4.4.11.1.7.2 16-Bit-Wide NAND Device
            2. 12.3.4.4.11.2 NAND Device-Ready Pin
              1. 12.3.4.4.11.2.1 Ready Pin Monitored by Software Polling
              2. 12.3.4.4.11.2.2 Ready Pin Monitored by Hardware Interrupt
            3. 12.3.4.4.11.3 ECC Calculator
              1. 12.3.4.4.11.3.1 Hamming Code
                1. 12.3.4.4.11.3.1.1 ECC Result Register and ECC Computation Accumulation Size
                2. 12.3.4.4.11.3.1.2 ECC Enabling
                3. 12.3.4.4.11.3.1.3 ECC Computation
                4. 12.3.4.4.11.3.1.4 ECC Comparison and Correction
                5. 12.3.4.4.11.3.1.5 ECC Calculation Based on 8-Bit Word
                6. 12.3.4.4.11.3.1.6 ECC Calculation Based on 16-Bit Word
              2. 12.3.4.4.11.3.2 BCH Code
                1. 12.3.4.4.11.3.2.1 Requirements
                2. 12.3.4.4.11.3.2.2 Memory Mapping of BCH Codeword
                  1. 3.4.4.11.3.2.2.1 Memory Mapping of Data Message
                  2. 3.4.4.11.3.2.2.2 Memory-Mapping of the ECC
                  3. 3.4.4.11.3.2.2.3 Wrapping Modes
                    1. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.1  Manual Mode (0x0)
                    2. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.2  Mode 0x1
                    3. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.3  Mode 0xA (10)
                    4. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.4  Mode 0x2
                    5. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.5  Mode 0x3
                    6. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.6  Mode 0x7
                    7. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.7  Mode 0x8
                    8. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.8  Mode 0x4
                    9. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.9  Mode 0x9
                    10. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.10 Mode 0x5
                    11. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.11 Mode 0xB (11)
                    12. 4.4.11.3.2.2.3.12 Mode 0x6
                3. 12.3.4.4.11.3.2.3 Supported NAND Page Mappings and ECC Schemes
                  1. 3.4.4.11.3.2.3.1 Per-Sector Spare Mappings
                  2. 3.4.4.11.3.2.3.2 Pooled Spare Mapping
                  3. 3.4.4.11.3.2.3.3 Per-Sector Spare Mapping, with ECC Separated at the End of the Page
            4. 12.3.4.4.11.4 Prefetch and Write-Posting Engine
              1. 12.3.4.4.11.4.1 General Facts About the Engine Configuration
              2. 12.3.4.4.11.4.2 Prefetch Mode
              3. 12.3.4.4.11.4.3 FIFO Control in Prefetch Mode
              4. 12.3.4.4.11.4.4 Write-Posting Mode
              5. 12.3.4.4.11.4.5 FIFO Control in Write-Posting Mode
              6. 12.3.4.4.11.4.6 Optimizing NAND Access Using the Prefetch and Write-Posting Engine
              7. 12.3.4.4.11.4.7 Interleaved Accesses Between Prefetch and Write-Posting Engine and Other Chip-Selects
          12. 12.3.4.4.12 GPMC Use Cases and Tips
            1. 12.3.4.4.12.1 How to Set GPMC Timing Parameters for Typical Accesses
              1. 12.3.4.4.12.1.1 External Memory Attached to the GPMC Module
              2. 12.3.4.4.12.1.2 Typical GPMC Setup
                1. 12.3.4.4.12.1.2.1 GPMC Configuration for Synchronous Burst Read Access
                2. 12.3.4.4.12.1.2.2 GPMC Configuration for Asynchronous Read Access
                3. 12.3.4.4.12.1.2.3 GPMC Configuration for Asynchronous Single Write Access
            2. 12.3.4.4.12.2 How to Choose a Suitable Memory to Use With the GPMC
              1. 12.3.4.4.12.2.1 Supported Memories or Devices
                1. 12.3.4.4.12.2.1.1 Memory Pin Multiplexing
                2. 12.3.4.4.12.2.1.2 NAND Interface Protocol
                3. 12.3.4.4.12.2.1.3 NOR Interface Protocol
                4. 12.3.4.4.12.2.1.4 Other Technologies
        5. 12.3.4.5 GPMC Basic Programming Model
          1. 12.3.4.5.1 GPMC High-Level Programming Model Overview
          2. 12.3.4.5.2 GPMC Initialization
          3. 12.3.4.5.3 GPMC Configuration in NOR Mode
          4. 12.3.4.5.4 GPMC Configuration in NAND Mode
          5. 12.3.4.5.5 Set Memory Access
          6. 12.3.4.5.6 GPMC Timing Parameters
            1. 12.3.4.5.6.1 GPMC Timing Parameters Formulas
              1. 12.3.4.5.6.1.1 NAND Flash Interface Timing Parameters Formulas
              2. 12.3.4.5.6.1.2 Synchronous NOR Flash Timing Parameters Formulas
              3. 12.3.4.5.6.1.3 Asynchronous NOR Flash Timing Parameters Formulas
        6. 12.3.4.6 GPMC Registers
      5. 12.3.5 Error Location Module (ELM)
        1. 12.3.5.1 ELM Overview
          1. 12.3.5.1.1 ELM Features
          2. 12.3.5.1.2 ELM Not Supported Features
        2. 12.3.5.2 ELM Integration
          1. 12.3.5.2.1 ELM Integration in MAIN Domain
        3. 12.3.5.3 ELM Functional Description
          1. 12.3.5.3.1 ELM Software Reset
          2. 12.3.5.3.2 ELM Power Management
          3. 12.3.5.3.3 ELM Interrupt Requests
          4. 12.3.5.3.4 ELM Processing Initialization
          5. 12.3.5.3.5 ELM Processing Sequence
          6. 12.3.5.3.6 ELM Processing Completion
        4. 12.3.5.4 ELM Basic Programming Model
          1. 12.3.5.4.1 ELM Low-Level Programming Model
            1. 12.3.5.4.1.1 Processing Initialization
            2. 12.3.5.4.1.2 Read Results
            3. 12.3.5.4.1.3 2786
          2. 12.3.5.4.2 Use Case: ELM Used in Continuous Mode
          3. 12.3.5.4.3 Use Case: ELM Used in Page Mode
        5. 12.3.5.5 ELM Registers
      6. 12.3.6 Multi-Media Card Secure Digital (MMCSD) Interface
        1. 12.3.6.1 MMCSD Overview
          1. 12.3.6.1.1 MMCSD Features
          2. 12.3.6.1.2 MMCSD Not Supported Features
        2. 12.3.6.2 MMCSD Environment
          1. 12.3.6.2.1 Protocol and Data Format
            1. 12.3.6.2.1.1 Protocol
            2. 12.3.6.2.1.2 Data Format
              1. 12.3.6.2.1.2.1 Coding Scheme for Command Token
              2. 12.3.6.2.1.2.2 Coding Scheme for Response Token
              3. 12.3.6.2.1.2.3 Coding Scheme for Data Token
        3. 12.3.6.3 MMCSD Integration
          1. 12.3.6.3.1 MMCSD Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.3.6.4 MMCSD Functional Description
          1. 12.3.6.4.1 Block Diagram
          2. 12.3.6.4.2 Memory Regions
          3. 12.3.6.4.3 Interrupt Requests
          4. 12.3.6.4.4 ECC Support
            1. 12.3.6.4.4.1 ECC Aggregator
          5. 12.3.6.4.5 Advanced DMA
          6. 12.3.6.4.6 eMMC PHY BIST
            1. 12.3.6.4.6.1 BIST Overview
            2. 12.3.6.4.6.2 BIST Modes
              1. 12.3.6.4.6.2.1 DS Mode
              2. 12.3.6.4.6.2.2 HS Mode with TXDLY using DLL
              3. 12.3.6.4.6.2.3 HS Mode with TXDLY using Delay Chain
              4. 12.3.6.4.6.2.4 DDR50 Mode with TXDLY using DLL
              5. 12.3.6.4.6.2.5 DDR50 Mode with TXDLY using Delay Chain
              6. 12.3.6.4.6.2.6 HS200 Mode with TX/RXDLY using DLL
              7. 12.3.6.4.6.2.7 HS200 Mode with TX/RXDLY using Delay Chain
              8. 12.3.6.4.6.2.8 HS400 Mode
            3. 12.3.6.4.6.3 BIST Functionality
            4. 12.3.6.4.6.4 Signal Interface
            5. 12.3.6.4.6.5 Programming Flow
              1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.1 DS Mode
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.1.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.1.2 BIST Programming
              2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.2 HS Mode with DLY_CHAIN
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.2.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.2.2 BIST Programming
              3. 12.3.6.4.6.5.3 HS Mode with DLL
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.3.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.3.2 BIST Programming
              4. 12.3.6.4.6.5.4 DDR52 Mode with DLY_CHAIN
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.4.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.4.2 BIST Programming
              5. 12.3.6.4.6.5.5 DDR52 Mode with DLL
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.5.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.5.2 BIST Programming
              6. 12.3.6.4.6.5.6 HS200 Mode with DLY_CHAIN
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.6.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.6.2 BIST Programming
              7. 12.3.6.4.6.5.7 HS200 Mode with DLL
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.7.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.7.2 BIST Programming
              8. 12.3.6.4.6.5.8 HS400 Mode with DLL
                1. 12.3.6.4.6.5.8.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.4.6.5.8.2 BIST Programming
            6. 12.3.6.4.6.6 HS200 BIST Result Check Procedure
        5. 12.3.6.5 MMCSD Programming Guide
          1. 12.3.6.5.1 Sequences
            1. 12.3.6.5.1.1  SD Card Detection
            2. 12.3.6.5.1.2  SD Clock Control
              1. 12.3.6.5.1.2.1 Internal Clock Setup Sequence
              2. 12.3.6.5.1.2.2 SD Clock Supply and Stop Sequence
              3. 12.3.6.5.1.2.3 SD Clock Frequency Change Sequence
            3. 12.3.6.5.1.3  SD Bus Power Control
            4. 12.3.6.5.1.4  Changing Bus Width
            5. 12.3.6.5.1.5  Timeout Setting on DAT Line
            6. 12.3.6.5.1.6  Card Initialization and Identification (for SD I/F)
              1. 12.3.6.5.1.6.1 Signal Voltage Switch Procedure (for UHS-I)
            7. 12.3.6.5.1.7  SD Transaction Generation
              1. 12.3.6.5.1.7.1 Transaction Control without Data Transfer Using DAT Line
                1. 12.3.6.5.1.7.1.1 The Sequence to Issue a SD Command
                2. 12.3.6.5.1.7.1.2 The Sequence to Finalize a Command
                3. 12.3.6.5.1.7.1.3 2865
              2. 12.3.6.5.1.7.2 Transaction Control with Data Transfer Using DAT Line
                1. 12.3.6.5.1.7.2.1 Not using DMA
                2. 12.3.6.5.1.7.2.2 Using SDMA
                3. 12.3.6.5.1.7.2.3 Using ADMA
            8. 12.3.6.5.1.8  Abort Transaction
              1. 12.3.6.5.1.8.1 Asynchronous Abort
              2. 12.3.6.5.1.8.2 Synchronous Abort
            9. 12.3.6.5.1.9  Changing Bus Speed Mode
            10. 12.3.6.5.1.10 Error Recovery
              1. 12.3.6.5.1.10.1 Error Interrupt Recovery
              2. 12.3.6.5.1.10.2 Auto CMD12 Error Recovery
            11. 12.3.6.5.1.11 Wakeup Control (Optional)
            12. 12.3.6.5.1.12 Suspend/Resume (Optional, Not Supported from Version 4.00)
              1. 12.3.6.5.1.12.1 Suspend Sequence
              2. 12.3.6.5.1.12.2 Resume Sequence
              3. 12.3.6.5.1.12.3 Stop At Block Gap/Continue Timing for Read Transaction
              4. 12.3.6.5.1.12.4 Stop At Block Gap/Continue Timing for Write Transaction
          2. 12.3.6.5.2 Driver Flow Sequence
            1. 12.3.6.5.2.1 Host Controller Setup and Card Detection
              1. 12.3.6.5.2.1.1 Host Controller Setup Sequence
              2. 12.3.6.5.2.1.2 Card Interface Detection Sequence
            2. 12.3.6.5.2.2 Boot Operation
              1. 12.3.6.5.2.2.1 Normal Boot Operation: (For Legacy eMMC 5.0)
              2. 12.3.6.5.2.2.2 Alternate Boot Operation (For Legacy eMMC 5.0):
              3. 12.3.6.5.2.2.3 Boot Code Chunk Read Operation (For Legacy eMMC 5.0):
            3. 12.3.6.5.2.3 Retuning procedure (For Legacy Interface)
              1. 12.3.6.5.2.3.1 Sampling Clock Tuning
              2. 12.3.6.5.2.3.2 Tuning Modes
              3. 12.3.6.5.2.3.3 Re-Tuning Mode 2
            4. 12.3.6.5.2.4 Command Queuing Driver Flow Sequence
              1. 12.3.6.5.2.4.1 Command Queuing Initialization Sequence
              2. 12.3.6.5.2.4.2 Task Issuance Sequence
              3. 12.3.6.5.2.4.3 Task Execution and Completion Sequence
              4. 12.3.6.5.2.4.4 Task Discard and Clear Sequence
              5. 12.3.6.5.2.4.5 Error Detect and Recovery when CQ is enabled
        6. 12.3.6.6 MMCSD Registers
          1. 12.3.6.6.1 MMCSD0 Subsystem Registers
          2. 12.3.6.6.2 MMCSD0 RX RAM ECC Aggregator Registers
          3. 12.3.6.6.3 MMCSD0 TX RAM ECC Aggregator Registers
          4. 12.3.6.6.4 MMCSD0 Host Controller Registers
          5. 12.3.6.6.5 MMCSD1 Subsystem Registers
          6. 12.3.6.6.6 MMCSD1 RX RAM ECC Aggregator Registers
          7. 12.3.6.6.7 MMCSD1 TX RAM ECC Aggregator Registers
          8. 12.3.6.6.8 MMCSD1 Host Controller Registers
    4. 12.4 Industrial and Control Interfaces
      1. 12.4.1 Enhanced Capture (ECAP) Module
        1. 12.4.1.1 ECAP Overview
          1. 12.4.1.1.1 ECAP Features
        2. 12.4.1.2 ECAP Environment
          1. 12.4.1.2.1 ECAP I/O Interface
        3. 12.4.1.3 ECAP Integration
          1. 12.4.1.3.1 Daisy-Chain Connectivity between ECAP Modules
        4. 12.4.1.4 ECAP Functional Description
          1. 12.4.1.4.1 Capture and APWM Operating Modes
            1. 12.4.1.4.1.1 ECAP Capture Mode Description
              1. 12.4.1.4.1.1.1 ECAP Event Prescaler
              2. 12.4.1.4.1.1.2 ECAP Edge Polarity Select and Qualifier
              3. 12.4.1.4.1.1.3 ECAP Continuous/One-Shot Control
              4. 12.4.1.4.1.1.4 ECAP 32-Bit Counter and Phase Control
              5. 12.4.1.4.1.1.5 CAP1-CAP4 Registers
              6. 12.4.1.4.1.1.6 ECAP Interrupt Control
              7. 12.4.1.4.1.1.7 ECAP Shadow Load and Lockout Control
            2. 12.4.1.4.1.2 ECAP APWM Mode Operation
          2. 12.4.1.4.2 Summary of ECAP Functional Registers
        5. 12.4.1.5 ECAP Use Cases
          1. 12.4.1.5.1 Absolute Time-Stamp Operation Rising Edge Trigger Example
            1. 12.4.1.5.1.1 Code Snippet for CAP Mode Absolute Time, Rising Edge Trigger
          2. 12.4.1.5.2 Absolute Time-Stamp Operation Rising and Falling Edge Trigger Example
            1. 12.4.1.5.2.1 Code Snippet for CAP Mode Absolute Time, Rising and Falling Edge Trigger
          3. 12.4.1.5.3 Time Difference (Delta) Operation Rising Edge Trigger Example
            1. 12.4.1.5.3.1 Code Snippet for CAP Mode Delta Time, Rising Edge Trigger
          4. 12.4.1.5.4 Time Difference (Delta) Operation Rising and Falling Edge Trigger Example
            1. 12.4.1.5.4.1 Code Snippet for CAP Mode Delta Time, Rising and Falling Edge Triggers
          5. 12.4.1.5.5 Application of the APWM Mode
            1. 12.4.1.5.5.1 Simple PWM Generation (Independent Channel/s) Example
              1. 12.4.1.5.5.1.1 Code Snippet for APWM Mode
            2. 12.4.1.5.5.2 Multichannel PWM Generation with Synchronization Example
              1. 12.4.1.5.5.2.1 Code Snippet for Multichannel PWM Generation with Synchronization
            3. 12.4.1.5.5.3 Multichannel PWM Generation with Phase Control Example
              1. 12.4.1.5.5.3.1 Code Snippet for Multichannel PWM Generation with Phase Control
        6. 12.4.1.6 ECAP Registers
      2. 12.4.2 Enhanced Pulse Width Modulation (EPWM) Module
        1. 12.4.2.1 EPWM Overview
          1. 12.4.2.1.1 EPWM Features
          2. 12.4.2.1.2 EPWM Not Supported Features
          3. 12.4.2.1.3 2951
        2. 12.4.2.2 EPWM Environment
          1. 12.4.2.2.1 EPWM I/O Interface
        3. 12.4.2.3 EPWM Integration
          1. 12.4.2.3.1 Device Specific EPWM Features
          2. 12.4.2.3.2 Daisy-Chain Connectivity between EPWM Modules
          3. 12.4.2.3.3 ADC start of conversion signals (PWM_SOCA and PWM_SOCB)
          4. 12.4.2.3.4 EPWM Modules Time Base Clock Gating
        4. 12.4.2.4 EPWM Functional Description
          1. 12.4.2.4.1  EPWM Submodule Features
            1. 12.4.2.4.1.1 Constant Definitions Used in the EPWM Code Examples
          2. 12.4.2.4.2  EPWM Time-Base (TB) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.2.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.2.2 2964
            3. 12.4.2.4.2.3 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Time-Base Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.4.2.4 Calculating PWM Period and Frequency
              1. 12.4.2.4.2.4.1 EPWM Time-Base Period Shadow Register
              2. 12.4.2.4.2.4.2 EPWM Time-Base Counter Synchronization
            5. 12.4.2.4.2.5 Phase Locking the Time-Base Clocks of Multiple EPWM Modules
            6. 12.4.2.4.2.6 EPWM Time-Base Counter Modes and Timing Waveforms
          3. 12.4.2.4.3  EPWM Counter-Compare (CC) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.3.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.3.2 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Counter-Compare Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.4.3.3 Operational Highlights for the EPWM Counter-Compare Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.4.3.4 EPWM Counter-Compare Submodule Timing Waveforms
          4. 12.4.2.4.4  EPWM Action-Qualifier (AQ) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.4.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.4.2 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Action-Qualifier Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.4.4.3 EPWM Action-Qualifier Event Priority
            4. 12.4.2.4.4.4 Waveforms for Common EPWM Configurations
          5. 12.4.2.4.5  EPWM Dead-Band Generator (DB) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.5.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.5.2 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Dead-Band Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.4.5.3 Operational Highlights for the EPWM Dead-Band Generator Submodule
          6. 12.4.2.4.6  EPWM-Chopper (PC) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.6.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.6.2 2987
            3. 12.4.2.4.6.3 Controlling the EPWM-Chopper Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.4.6.4 Operational Highlights for the EPWM-Chopper Submodule
            5. 12.4.2.4.6.5 EPWM-Chopper Waveforms
              1. 12.4.2.4.6.5.1 EPWM-Chopper One-Shot Pulse
              2. 12.4.2.4.6.5.2 EPWM-Chopper Duty Cycle Control
          7. 12.4.2.4.7  EPWM Trip-Zone (TZ) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.7.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.7.2 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Trip-Zone Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.4.7.3 Operational Highlights for the EPWM Trip-Zone Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.4.7.4 Generating EPWM Trip-Event Interrupts
          8. 12.4.2.4.8  EPWM Event-Trigger (ET) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.8.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.8.2 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Event-Trigger Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.4.8.3 Operational Overview of the EPWM Event-Trigger Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.4.8.4 3002
          9. 12.4.2.4.9  EPWM High Resolution (HRPWM) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.4.9.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.4.9.2 Architecture of the High-Resolution PWM Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.4.9.3 Controlling and Monitoring the High-Resolution PWM Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.4.9.4 Configuring the High-Resolution PWM Submodule
            5. 12.4.2.4.9.5 Operational Highlights for the High-Resolution PWM Submodule
              1. 12.4.2.4.9.5.1 HRPWM Edge Positioning
              2. 12.4.2.4.9.5.2 HRPWM Scaling Considerations
              3. 12.4.2.4.9.5.3 HRPWM Duty Cycle Range Limitation
          10. 12.4.2.4.10 EPWM / HRPWM Functional Register Groups
          11. 12.4.2.4.11 Proper EPWM Interrupt Initialization Procedure
        5. 12.4.2.5 EPWM Registers
      3. 12.4.3 Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse (EQEP) Module
        1. 12.4.3.1 EQEP Overview
          1. 12.4.3.1.1 EQEP Features
          2. 12.4.3.1.2 EQEP Not Supported Features
        2. 12.4.3.2 EQEP Environment
          1. 12.4.3.2.1 EQEP I/O Interface
        3. 12.4.3.3 EQEP Integration
          1. 12.4.3.3.1 Device Specific EQEP Features
        4. 12.4.3.4 EQEP Functional Description
          1. 12.4.3.4.1 EQEP Inputs
          2. 12.4.3.4.2 EQEP Quadrature Decoder Unit (QDU)
            1. 12.4.3.4.2.1 EQEP Position Counter Input Modes
              1. 12.4.3.4.2.1.1 Quadrature Count Mode
              2. 12.4.3.4.2.1.2 EQEP Direction-count Mode
              3. 12.4.3.4.2.1.3 EQEP Up-Count Mode
              4. 12.4.3.4.2.1.4 EQEP Down-Count Mode
            2. 12.4.3.4.2.2 EQEP Input Polarity Selection
            3. 12.4.3.4.2.3 EQEP Position-Compare Sync Output
          3. 12.4.3.4.3 EQEP Position Counter and Control Unit (PCCU)
            1. 12.4.3.4.3.1 EQEP Position Counter Operating Modes
              1. 12.4.3.4.3.1.1 EQEP Position Counter Reset on Index Event (EQEP_QDEC_QEP_CTL[29-28] PCRM] = 0b00)
              2. 12.4.3.4.3.1.2 EQEP Position Counter Reset on Maximum Position (EQEP_QDEC_QEP_CTL[29-28] PCRM=0b01)
              3. 12.4.3.4.3.1.3 Position Counter Reset on the First Index Event (EQEP_QDEC_QEP_CTL[29-28] PCRM = 0b10)
              4. 12.4.3.4.3.1.4 Position Counter Reset on Unit Time out Event (EQEP_QDEC_QEP_CTL[29-28] PCRM = 0b11)
            2. 12.4.3.4.3.2 EQEP Position Counter Latch
              1. 12.4.3.4.3.2.1 Index Event Latch
              2. 12.4.3.4.3.2.2 EQEP Strobe Event Latch
            3. 12.4.3.4.3.3 EQEP Position Counter Initialization
            4. 12.4.3.4.3.4 EQEP Position-Compare Unit
          4. 12.4.3.4.4 EQEP Edge Capture Unit
          5. 12.4.3.4.5 EQEP Watchdog
          6. 12.4.3.4.6 Unit Timer Base
          7. 12.4.3.4.7 EQEP Interrupt Structure
          8. 12.4.3.4.8 Summary of EQEP Functional Registers
        5. 12.4.3.5 EQEP Registers
      4. 12.4.4 Controller Area Network (MCAN)
        1. 12.4.4.1 MCAN Overview
          1. 12.4.4.1.1 MCAN Features
          2. 12.4.4.1.2 MCAN Not Supported Features
        2. 12.4.4.2 MCAN Environment
          1. 12.4.4.2.1 CAN Network Basics
        3. 12.4.4.3 MCAN Integration
          1. 12.4.4.3.1 MCAN Integration in MCU Domain
          2. 12.4.4.3.2 MCAN Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.4.4.4 MCAN Functional Description
          1. 12.4.4.4.1  Module Clocking Requirements
          2. 12.4.4.4.2  Interrupt and DMA Requests
            1. 12.4.4.4.2.1 Interrupt Requests
            2. 12.4.4.4.2.2 DMA Requests
            3. 12.4.4.4.2.3 3064
          3. 12.4.4.4.3  Operating Modes
            1. 12.4.4.4.3.1 Software Initialization
            2. 12.4.4.4.3.2 Normal Operation
            3. 12.4.4.4.3.3 CAN FD Operation
            4. 12.4.4.4.3.4 Transmitter Delay Compensation
              1. 12.4.4.4.3.4.1 Description
              2. 12.4.4.4.3.4.2 Transmitter Delay Compensation Measurement
            5. 12.4.4.4.3.5 Restricted Operation Mode
            6. 12.4.4.4.3.6 Bus Monitoring Mode
            7. 12.4.4.4.3.7 Disabled Automatic Retransmission (DAR) Mode
              1. 12.4.4.4.3.7.1 Frame Transmission in DAR Mode
            8. 12.4.4.4.3.8 Power Down (Sleep Mode)
              1. 12.4.4.4.3.8.1 External Clock Stop Mode
              2. 12.4.4.4.3.8.2 Suspend Mode
              3. 12.4.4.4.3.8.3 Wakeup request
            9. 12.4.4.4.3.9 Test Modes
              1. 12.4.4.4.3.9.1 Internal Loopback Mode
          4. 12.4.4.4.4  Timestamp Generation
            1. 12.4.4.4.4.1 External Timestamp Counter
          5. 12.4.4.4.5  Timeout Counter
          6. 12.4.4.4.6  ECC Support
            1. 12.4.4.4.6.1 ECC Wrapper
            2. 12.4.4.4.6.2 ECC Aggregator
          7. 12.4.4.4.7  Rx Handling
            1. 12.4.4.4.7.1 Acceptance Filtering
              1. 12.4.4.4.7.1.1 Range Filter
              2. 12.4.4.4.7.1.2 Filter for specific IDs
              3. 12.4.4.4.7.1.3 Classic Bit Mask Filter
              4. 12.4.4.4.7.1.4 Standard Message ID Filtering
              5. 12.4.4.4.7.1.5 Extended Message ID Filtering
            2. 12.4.4.4.7.2 Rx FIFOs
              1. 12.4.4.4.7.2.1 Rx FIFO Blocking Mode
              2. 12.4.4.4.7.2.2 Rx FIFO Overwrite Mode
            3. 12.4.4.4.7.3 Dedicated Rx Buffers
              1. 12.4.4.4.7.3.1 Rx Buffer Handling
            4. 12.4.4.4.7.4 Debug on CAN Support
          8. 12.4.4.4.8  Tx Handling
            1. 12.4.4.4.8.1 Transmit Pause
            2. 12.4.4.4.8.2 Dedicated Tx Buffers
            3. 12.4.4.4.8.3 Tx FIFO
            4. 12.4.4.4.8.4 Tx Queue
            5. 12.4.4.4.8.5 Mixed Dedicated Tx Buffers/Tx FIFO
            6. 12.4.4.4.8.6 Mixed Dedicated Tx Buffers/Tx Queue
            7. 12.4.4.4.8.7 Transmit Cancellation
            8. 12.4.4.4.8.8 Tx Event Handling
          9. 12.4.4.4.9  FIFO Acknowledge Handling
          10. 12.4.4.4.10 Message RAM
            1. 12.4.4.4.10.1 Message RAM Configuration
            2. 12.4.4.4.10.2 Rx Buffer and FIFO Element
            3. 12.4.4.4.10.3 Tx Buffer Element
            4. 12.4.4.4.10.4 Tx Event FIFO Element
            5. 12.4.4.4.10.5 Standard Message ID Filter Element
            6. 12.4.4.4.10.6 Extended Message ID Filter Element
        5. 12.4.4.5 MCAN Registers
          1. 12.4.4.5.1 MCAN Subsystem Registers
          2. 12.4.4.5.2 MCAN Core Registers
          3. 12.4.4.5.3 MCAN ECC Aggregator Registers
    5. 12.5 Audio Interfaces
      1. 12.5.1 Audio Tracking Logic (ATL)
        1. 12.5.1.1 ATL Overview
          1. 12.5.1.1.1 ATL Features Overview
          2. 12.5.1.1.2 ATL Not Supported Features
    6. 12.6 Timer Modules
      1. 12.6.1 Global Timebase Counter (GTC)
        1. 12.6.1.1 GTC Overview
          1. 12.6.1.1.1 GTC Features
          2. 12.6.1.1.2 GTC Not Supported Features
        2. 12.6.1.2 GTC Integration
        3. 12.6.1.3 GTC Functional Description
          1. 12.6.1.3.1 GTC Block Diagram
          2. 12.6.1.3.2 GTC Counter
          3. 12.6.1.3.3 GTC Gray Encoder
          4. 12.6.1.3.4 GTC Push Event Generation
          5. 12.6.1.3.5 GTC Register Partitioning
        4. 12.6.1.4 GTC Registers
          1. 12.6.1.4.1 GTC0_GTC_CFG0 Registers
          2. 12.6.1.4.2 GTC0_GTC_CFG1 Registers
          3. 12.6.1.4.3 GTC0_GTC_CFG2 Registers
          4. 12.6.1.4.4 GTC0_GTC_CFG3 Registers
      2. 12.6.2 Windowed Watchdog Timer (WWDT)
        1. 12.6.2.1 RTI Overview
          1. 12.6.2.1.1 RTI Features
          2. 12.6.2.1.2 RTI Not Supported Features
        2. 12.6.2.2 RTI Integration
          1. 12.6.2.2.1 RTI Integration in MCU Domain
          2. 12.6.2.2.2 RTI Integration in MAIN Domain
        3. 12.6.2.3 RTI Functional Description
          1. 12.6.2.3.1 RTI Counter Operation
          2. 12.6.2.3.2 RTI Digital Watchdog
          3. 12.6.2.3.3 RTI Digital Windowed Watchdog
          4. 12.6.2.3.4 RTI Low Power Mode Operation
          5. 12.6.2.3.5 RTI Debug Mode Behavior
        4. 12.6.2.4 RTI Registers
      3. 12.6.3 Timers
        1. 12.6.3.1 Timers Overview
          1. 12.6.3.1.1 Timers Features
          2. 12.6.3.1.2 Timers Not Supported Features
        2. 12.6.3.2 Timers Environment
          1. 12.6.3.2.1 Timer External System Interface
        3. 12.6.3.3 Timers Integration
          1. 12.6.3.3.1 Timers Integration in MCU Domain
          2. 12.6.3.3.2 Timers Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.6.3.4 Timers Functional Description
          1. 12.6.3.4.1  Timer Block Diagram
          2. 12.6.3.4.2  Timer Power Management
            1. 12.6.3.4.2.1 Wake-Up Capability
          3. 12.6.3.4.3  Timer Software Reset
          4. 12.6.3.4.4  Timer Interrupts
          5. 12.6.3.4.5  Timer Mode Functionality
            1. 12.6.3.4.5.1 1-ms Tick Generation
          6. 12.6.3.4.6  Timer Capture Mode Functionality
          7. 12.6.3.4.7  Timer Compare Mode Functionality
          8. 12.6.3.4.8  Timer Prescaler Functionality
          9. 12.6.3.4.9  Timer Pulse-Width Modulation
          10. 12.6.3.4.10 Timer Counting Rate
          11. 12.6.3.4.11 Timer Under Emulation
          12. 12.6.3.4.12 Accessing Timer Registers
            1. 12.6.3.4.12.1 Writing to Timer Registers
              1. 12.6.3.4.12.1.1 Write Posting Synchronization Mode
              2. 12.6.3.4.12.1.2 Write Nonposting Synchronization Mode
            2. 12.6.3.4.12.2 Reading From Timer Counter Registers
              1. 12.6.3.4.12.2.1 Read Posted
              2. 12.6.3.4.12.2.2 Read Non-Posted
          13. 12.6.3.4.13 Timer Posted Mode Selection
        5. 12.6.3.5 Timers Low-Level Programming Models
          1. 12.6.3.5.1 Timer Global Initialization
            1. 12.6.3.5.1.1 Global Initialization of Surrounding Modules
            2. 12.6.3.5.1.2 Timer Module Global Initialization
              1. 12.6.3.5.1.2.1 Main Sequence – Timer Module Global Initialization
          2. 12.6.3.5.2 Timer Operational Mode Configuration
            1. 12.6.3.5.2.1 Timer Mode
              1. 12.6.3.5.2.1.1 Main Sequence – Timer Mode Configuration
            2. 12.6.3.5.2.2 Timer Compare Mode
              1. 12.6.3.5.2.2.1 Main Sequence – Timer Compare Mode Configuration
            3. 12.6.3.5.2.3 Timer Capture Mode
              1. 12.6.3.5.2.3.1 Main Sequence – Timer Capture Mode Configuration
              2. 12.6.3.5.2.3.2 Subsequence – Initialize Capture Mode
              3. 12.6.3.5.2.3.3 Subsequence – Detect Event
            4. 12.6.3.5.2.4 Timer PWM Mode
              1. 12.6.3.5.2.4.1 Main Sequence – Timer PWM Mode Configuration
        6. 12.6.3.6 Timers Registers
    7. 12.7 Internal Diagnostics Modules
      1. 12.7.1 Dual Clock Comparator (DCC)
        1. 12.7.1.1 DCC Overview
          1. 12.7.1.1.1 DCC Features
          2. 12.7.1.1.2 DCC Not Supported Features
        2. 12.7.1.2 DCC Integration
          1. 12.7.1.2.1 DCC Integration in MCU Domain
          2. 12.7.1.2.2 DCC Integration in MAIN Domain
        3. 12.7.1.3 DCC Functional Description
          1. 12.7.1.3.1 DCC Counter Operation
          2. 12.7.1.3.2 DCC Low Power Mode Operation
          3. 12.7.1.3.3 DCC Suspend Mode Behavior
          4. 12.7.1.3.4 DCC Single-Shot Mode
          5. 12.7.1.3.5 DCC Continuous mode
            1. 12.7.1.3.5.1 DCC Continue on Error
            2. 12.7.1.3.5.2 DCC Error Count
          6. 12.7.1.3.6 DCC Control and count hand-off across clock domains
          7. 12.7.1.3.7 DCC Error Trajectory record
            1. 12.7.1.3.7.1 DCC FIFO capturing for Errors
            2. 12.7.1.3.7.2 DCC FIFO in continuous capture mode
            3. 12.7.1.3.7.3 DCC FIFO Details
            4. 12.7.1.3.7.4 DCC FIFO Debug mode behavior
          8. 12.7.1.3.8 DCC Count read registers
        4. 12.7.1.4 DCC Registers
      2. 12.7.2 Error Signaling Module (ESM)
        1. 12.7.2.1 ESM Overview
          1. 12.7.2.1.1 ESM Features
        2. 12.7.2.2 ESM Environment
        3. 12.7.2.3 ESM Integration
          1. 12.7.2.3.1 ESM Integration in WKUP Domain
          2. 12.7.2.3.2 ESM Integration in MCU Domain
          3. 12.7.2.3.3 ESM Integration in MAIN Domain
        4. 12.7.2.4 ESM Functional Description
          1. 12.7.2.4.1 ESM Interrupt Requests
            1. 12.7.2.4.1.1 ESM Configuration Error Interrupt
            2. 12.7.2.4.1.2 ESM Low Priority Error Interrupt
              1. 12.7.2.4.1.2.1 ESM Low Priority Error Level Event
              2. 12.7.2.4.1.2.2 ESM Low Priority Error Pulse Event
            3. 12.7.2.4.1.3 ESM High Priority Error Interrupt
              1. 12.7.2.4.1.3.1 ESM High Priority Error Level Event
              2. 12.7.2.4.1.3.2 ESM High Priority Error Pulse Event
          2. 12.7.2.4.2 ESM Error Event Inputs
          3. 12.7.2.4.3 ESM Error Pin Output
          4. 12.7.2.4.4 ESM Minimum Time Interval
          5. 12.7.2.4.5 ESM Protection for Registers
          6. 12.7.2.4.6 ESM Clock Stop
        5. 12.7.2.5 ESM Registers
      3. 12.7.3 Memory Cyclic Redundancy Check (MCRC) Controller
        1. 12.7.3.1 MCRC Overview
          1. 12.7.3.1.1 MCRC Features
          2. 12.7.3.1.2 MCRC Not Supported Features
        2. 12.7.3.2 MCRC Integration
        3. 12.7.3.3 MCRC Functional Description
          1. 12.7.3.3.1  MCRC Block Diagram
          2. 12.7.3.3.2  MCRC General Operation
          3. 12.7.3.3.3  MCRC Modes of Operation
            1. 12.7.3.3.3.1 AUTO Mode
            2. 12.7.3.3.3.2 Semi-CPU Mode
            3. 12.7.3.3.3.3 Full-CPU Mode
          4. 12.7.3.3.4  PSA Signature Register
          5. 12.7.3.3.5  PSA Sector Signature Register
          6. 12.7.3.3.6  CRC Value Register
          7. 12.7.3.3.7  Raw Data Register
          8. 12.7.3.3.8  Example DMA Controller Setup
            1. 12.7.3.3.8.1 AUTO Mode Using Hardware Timer Trigger
            2. 12.7.3.3.8.2 AUTO Mode Using Software Trigger
            3. 12.7.3.3.8.3 Semi-CPU Mode Using Hardware Timer Trigger
          9. 12.7.3.3.9  Pattern Count Register
          10. 12.7.3.3.10 Sector Count Register/Current Sector Register
          11. 12.7.3.3.11 Interrupts
            1. 12.7.3.3.11.1 Compression Complete Interrupt
            2. 12.7.3.3.11.2 CRC Fail Interrupt
            3. 12.7.3.3.11.3 Overrun Interrupt
            4. 12.7.3.3.11.4 Underrun Interrupt
            5. 12.7.3.3.11.5 Timeout Interrupt
            6. 12.7.3.3.11.6 Interrupt Offset Register
            7. 12.7.3.3.11.7 Error Handling
          12. 12.7.3.3.12 Power Down Mode
          13. 12.7.3.3.13 Emulation
        4. 12.7.3.4 MCRC Programming Examples
          1. 12.7.3.4.1 Example: Auto Mode Using Time Based Event Triggering
            1. 12.7.3.4.1.1 DMA Setup
            2. 12.7.3.4.1.2 Timer Setup
            3. 12.7.3.4.1.3 CRC Setup
          2. 12.7.3.4.2 Example: Auto Mode Without Using Time Based Triggering
            1. 12.7.3.4.2.1 DMA Setup
            2. 12.7.3.4.2.2 CRC Setup
          3. 12.7.3.4.3 Example: Semi-CPU Mode
            1. 12.7.3.4.3.1 DMA Setup
            2. 12.7.3.4.3.2 Timer Setup
            3. 12.7.3.4.3.3 CRC Setup
          4. 12.7.3.4.4 Example: Full-CPU Mode
            1. 12.7.3.4.4.1 CRC Setup
        5. 12.7.3.5 MCRC Registers
      4. 12.7.4 ECC Aggregator
        1. 12.7.4.1 ECC Aggregator Overview
          1. 12.7.4.1.1 ECC Aggregator Features
        2. 12.7.4.2 ECC Aggregator Integration
        3. 12.7.4.3 ECC Aggregator Functional Description
          1. 12.7.4.3.1 ECC Aggregator Block Diagram
          2. 12.7.4.3.2 ECC Aggregator Register Groups
          3. 12.7.4.3.3 Read Access to the ECC Control and Status Registers
          4. 12.7.4.3.4 Serial Write Operation
          5. 12.7.4.3.5 Interrupts
          6. 12.7.4.3.6 Inject Only Mode
        4. 12.7.4.4 ECC Aggregator Registers
  15. 13On-Chip Debug
  16. 14Revision History
PCIE_CORE_RP Registers

Table 12-3458 lists the PCIE_CORE_RP registers. All register offset addresses not listed in Table 12-3458 should be considered as reserved locations and the register contents should not be modified.

RC mode PCIE core registers. The Root Port (RP) register set is accessible only when the core is strapped in the Root Port mode. These registers are accessible only from the local management bus.

Table 12-2917 PCIE_CORE_RP Instances
InstanceBase Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0000h
Table 12-2918 PCIE_CORE_RP Registers
Offset Acronym Register Name PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE
Physical Address
0h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VENDOR_ID_DEVICE_ID 0D80 0000h
4h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_COMMAND_STATUS 0D80 0004h
8h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_REVISION_ID_CLASS_CODE 0D80 0008h
Ch PCIE_CORE_RP_I_BIST_HEADER_LATENCY_CACHE_LINE 0D80 000Ch
10h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_RC_BAR_0 0D80 0010h
14h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_RC_BAR_1 0D80 0014h
18h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_BUS_NUMBERS 0D80 0018h
1Ch PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_IO_BASE_LIMIT 0D80 001Ch
20h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_MEM_BASE_LIMIT 0D80 0020h
24h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_PREFETCH_BASE_LIMIT 0D80 0024h
28h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_PREFETCH_BASE_UPPER 0D80 0028h
2Ch PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_PREFETCH_LIMIT_UPPER 0D80 002Ch
30h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_IO_BASE_LIMIT_UPPER 0D80 0030h
34h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_CAPABILITIES_POINTER 0D80 0034h
38h PCIE_CORE_RP_RSVD_0E 0D80 0038h
3Ch PCIE_CORE_RP_I_INTRPT_LINE_INTRPT_PIN 0D80 003Ch
80h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PWR_MGMT_CAP 0D80 0080h
84h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PWR_MGMT_CTRL_STAT_REP 0D80 0084h
90h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_CTRL_REG 0D80 0090h
94h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MSG_LOW_ADDR 0D80 0094h
98h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MSG_HI_ADDR 0D80 0098h
9Ch PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MSG_DATA 0D80 009Ch
A0h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MASK 0D80 00A0h
A4h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_PENDING_BITS 0D80 00A4h
B0h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSIX_CTRL 0D80 00B0h
B4h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSIX_TBL_OFFSET 0D80 00B4h
B8h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSIX_PENDING_INTRPT 0D80 00B8h
C0h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_CAP_LIST 0D80 00C0h
C4h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_CAP 0D80 00C4h
C8h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_DEV_CTRL_STATUS 0D80 00C8h
CCh PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LINK_CAP 0D80 00CCh
D0h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LINK_CTRL_STATUS 0D80 00D0h
D4h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_SLOT_CAPABILITY 0D80 00D4h
D8h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_SLOT_CTRL_STATUS 0D80 00D8h
DCh PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_CTRL_CAP 0D80 00DCh
E0h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_STATUS 0D80 00E0h
E4h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_CAP_2 0D80 00E4h
E8h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_DEV_CTRL_STATUS_2 0D80 00E8h
ECh PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LINK_CAP_2 0D80 00ECh
F0h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LINK_CTRL_STATUS_2 0D80 00F0h
100h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_AER_ENHNCD_CAP 0D80 0100h
104h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_UNCORR_ERR_STATUS 0D80 0104h
108h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_UNCORR_ERR_MASK 0D80 0108h
10Ch PCIE_CORE_RP_I_UNCORR_ERR_SEVERITY 0D80 010Ch
110h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_CORR_ERR_STATUS 0D80 0110h
114h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_CORR_ERR_MASK 0D80 0114h
118h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ADV_ERR_CAP_CTL 0D80 0118h
11Ch PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_0 0D80 011Ch
120h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_1 0D80 0120h
124h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_2 0D80 0124h
128h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_3 0D80 0128h
12Ch PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_ERR_CMD 0D80 012Ch
130h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_ERR_STAT 0D80 0130h
134h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ERR_SRC_ID 0D80 0134h
138h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_TLP_PRE_LOG_0 0D80 0138h
150h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DEV_SER_NUM_CAP_HDR 0D80 0150h
154h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DEV_SER_NUM_0 0D80 0154h
158h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DEV_SER_NUM_1 0D80 0158h
300h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_SEC_PCIE_CAP_HDR_REG 0D80 0300h
304h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LINK_CONTROL3 0D80 0304h
308h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LANE_ERROR_STATUS 0D80 0308h
30Ch PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LANE_EQUALIZATION_CONTROL_0 0D80 030Ch
310h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LANE_EQUALIZATION_CONTROL_1 0D80 0310h
4C0h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_ENH_CAP_HEADER_REG 0D80 04C0h
4C4h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PORT_VC_CAP_REG_1 0D80 04C4h
4C8h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PORT_VC_CAP_REG_2 0D80 04C8h
4CCh PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PORT_VC_CTRL_STS_REG 0D80 04CCh
4D0h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_0 0D80 04D0h
4D4h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_0 0D80 04D4h
4D8h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_0 0D80 04D8h
4DCh PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_1 0D80 04DCh
4E0h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_1 0D80 04E0h
4E4h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_1 0D80 04E4h
4E8h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_2 0D80 04E8h
4ECh PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_2 0D80 04ECh
4F0h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_2 0D80 04F0h
4F4h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_3 0D80 04F4h
4F8h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_3 0D80 04F8h
4FCh PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_3 0D80 04FCh
900h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_EXT_CAP_HDR 0D80 0900h
904h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_CAP 0D80 0904h
908h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_CTRL_1 0D80 0908h
90Ch PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_CTRL_2 0D80 090Ch
910h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DL_FEATURE_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG 0D80 0910h
914h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DL_FEATURE_CAPABILITIES_REG 0D80 0914h
918h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DL_FEATURE_STATUS_REG 0D80 0918h
920h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG 0D80 0920h
924h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_PORT_CAPABILITIES_STATUS_REG 0D80 0924h
928h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG0 0D80 0928h
92Ch PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG1 0D80 092Ch
930h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG2 0D80 0930h
934h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG3 0D80 0934h
9C0h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG 0D80 09C0h
9C4h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_CAPABILITIES_REG 0D80 09C4h
9C8h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_CONTROL_REG 0D80 09C8h
9CCh PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_STATUS_REG 0D80 09CCh
9D0h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_LOCAL_DATA_PARITY_MISMATCH_STATUS_REG 0D80 09D0h
9D4h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_FIRST_RETIMER_DATA_PARITY_MISMATCH_STATUS_REG 0D80 09D4h
9D8h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_SECOND_RETIMER_DATA_PARITY_MISMATCH_STATUS_REG 0D80 09D8h
9DCh PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_RESERVED_REG 0D80 09DCh
9E0h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_LANE_EQUALIZATION_CONTROL_REG0 0D80 09E0h
A20h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PTM_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG 0D80 0A20h
A24h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PTM_CAPABILITIES_REG 0D80 0A24h
A28h PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PTM_CONTROL_REG 0D80 0A28h

3.5.3.1 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VENDOR_ID_DEVICE_ID Register (Offset = 0h) [reset = 010017CDh]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VENDOR_ID_DEVICE_ID is shown in Figure 12-1489 and described in Table 12-2920.

Return to the Summary Table.

16-bit Vendor ID register and 16-bit Device ID register.

Table 12-2919 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VENDOR_ID_DEVICE_ID Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0000h
Figure 12-1489 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VENDOR_ID_DEVICE_ID Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
DIDVID
R-100hR-17CDh
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2920 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VENDOR_ID_DEVICE_ID Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16DIDR100hDevice ID assigned by the manufacturer of the device.
On power-up, the Controller sets it to
the value defined in the RTL file reg_defaults.h.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
15-0VIDR17CDhThis is the Vendor ID assigned by PCI SIG to the manufacturer of the device.
The
Vendor ID is set in the Vendor ID Register within the local management register block.

3.5.3.2 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_COMMAND_STATUS Register (Offset = 4h) [reset = 00100000h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_COMMAND_STATUS is shown in Figure 12-1490 and described in Table 12-2922.

Return to the Summary Table.

16-bit Command Register and 16-bit Status Register.

Table 12-2921 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_COMMAND_STATUS Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0004h
Figure 12-1490 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_COMMAND_STATUS Register
3130292827262524
DPESSERMARTASTAR6MDPE
R/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR-0hR/W1C-0h
2322212019181716
R5CLISR4
R-0hR-1hR-0hR-0h
15141312111098
R3IMDR2SE
R-0hR/W-0hR-0hR/W-0h
76543210
R1PERER0BEMSEISE
R-0hR/W-0hR-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear Bit; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2922 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_COMMAND_STATUS Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31DPER/W1C0hThis bit is set when the Controller has received a poisoned TLP.
The Parity Error Response
enable bit [bit 6] has no effect on the setting of this bit.
This field can also be cleared
from the local management bus APB by writing a 1 into this bit position.
This field can be forced to 1 from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
30SSER/W1C0hThe Controller sets this bit [i]On receiving an error message from the link, if SERR-Enable in
PCI Command Register is 1 and SERR-Enable in the Bridge Control Register is also 1.
[ii]On any internal Fatal/Non-Fatal error detected, if SERR-Enable in PCI Command Register is 1.
This field can also be cleared from the local management APB bus by
writing a 1 into this bit position.
This field can be forced to 1 from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
29RMAR/W1C0hThis bit is set when the Controller has received a completion from the link with the
Unsupported Request status.
This field can also be cleared from the local management
APB bus by writing a 1 into this bit position
This field can be forced to 1 from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
28RTAR/W1C0hThis bit is set when the Controller has received a completion from the link with the
Completer Abort status.
This field can also be cleared from the local management
APB bus by writing a 1 into this bit position.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
27STAR/W1C0hThis bit is set when the Controller has sent a completion to the link with the Completer
Abort status.
This field can also be cleared from the local management APB
bus by writing a 1 into this bit position.
This field can be forced to 1 from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
26-25R6R0hReserved
24MDPER/W1C0hWhen the Parity Error Response enable bit is 1, the Controller sets this bit when it detects
the following error conditions: [i] The Controller receives a poisoned request from the link.
[ii] The Controller has sent a Poisoned Completion downstream to the link This bit remains 0
when the Parity Error Response enable bit is 0.
This field can be forced to 1 from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
23-21R5R0hReserved
20CLR1hIndicates the presence of PCI Extended Capabilities registers.
This bit is hardwired
to 1.
19ISR0hThis bit is valid only when the Controller is configured to support legacy interrupts.
Indicates that the Controller has a pending interrupt, that is, the Controller has sent an Assert_INTx
message but has not transmitted a corresponding Deassert_INTx message.
18-16R4R0hReserved
15-11R3R0hReserved
10IMDR/W0hEnables or disables the transmission of INTx Assert and De-assert messages from the
Controller.
The setting of this bit has no effect on the operation of the Controller in the RC mode.
9R2R0hReserved
8SER/W0hEnables the reporting of fatal and non-fatal errors detected by the Controller to the Root
Complex.
7R1R0hReserved
6PERER/W0hWhen this bit is 1, the Controller sets the Master Data Parity Error status bit when it
detects the following error conditions: [i] The Controller receives a poisoned completion from the
link in response to a request.
[ii] The Controller sends out a poisoned write request on the link
[this may be because an underflow occurred during the packet transfer at the host interface of
the Controller.].
When this bit is 0, the Master Data Parity Error status bit is never set.
5-3R0R0hReserved
2BER/W0hFor a Function with a Type 1 Configurations Space header[Controller in RP Mode], this bit controls forwarding of Memory or I/O Requests by a Port
in the Upstream direction.
Note: The Controller does not generate any response based on this bit.
Client
application logic must use this bit and respond to requests appropriately:
- When this bit is '1', Client logic can process the Memory and IO Requests received from PCIe Link normally.
- When this bit is '0', Client logic must handle Memory and IO Requests received from PCIe Link as Unsupported Requests.
1MSER/W0hFor a Function with a Type 1 Configuration Space header[Controller in RP Mode], this bit controls the response to Memory Space
accesses received on its Primary Side.
Note: The Controller does not generate any response based on this bit.
- Client must check for this bit to be '1' before initiating any Memory requests on the pcie_master_AXI interface.
0ISER/W0hFor a Function with a Type 1 Configuration Space header [Controller in RP Mode] , this bit controls the response to
I/O Space accesses received on its Primary Side.
Note: The Controller does not generate any response based on this bit.

- Client must check for this bit to be '1' before initiating any IO requests on the pcie_master_AXI interface.

3.5.3.3 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_REVISION_ID_CLASS_CODE Register (Offset = 8h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_REVISION_ID_CLASS_CODE is shown in Figure 12-1491 and described in Table 12-2924.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains the Revision ID and Class Code associated with the device
incorporating the PCIe Controller.

Table 12-2923 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_REVISION_ID_CLASS_CODE Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0008h
Figure 12-1491 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_REVISION_ID_CLASS_CODE Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
CCSCCPIBRID
R-0hR-0hR-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2924 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_REVISION_ID_CLASS_CODE Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-24CCR0hIdentifies the function of the device.
On power-up, the Controller sets it to the value
defined in the RTL file reg_defaults.h.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
23-16SCCR0hIdentifies a sub-category within the selected function.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
15-8PIBR0hIdentifies the register set layout of the device.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
7-0RIDR0hAssigned by the manufacturer of the device to identify the revision number of the
device.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.

3.5.3.4 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_BIST_HEADER_LATENCY_CACHE_LINE Register (Offset = Ch) [reset = 00010000h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_BIST_HEADER_LATENCY_CACHE_LINE is shown in Figure 12-1492 and described in Table 12-2926.

Return to the Summary Table.

This location contains the BIST, header-type, Latency Timer and Cache Line Size
Registers.

Table 12-2925 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_BIST_HEADER_LATENCY_CACHE_LINE Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 000Ch
Figure 12-1492 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_BIST_HEADER_LATENCY_CACHE_LINE Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
BRDTHT
R-0hR-0hR-1h
1514131211109876543210
LTCLS
R-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2926 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_BIST_HEADER_LATENCY_CACHE_LINE Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-24BRR0hBIST control register.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
23DTR0hIdentifies whether the device supports a single Function or multiple Functions.
Hardwired to zero
22-16HTR1hIdentifies format of header.
This field is hardwired to 1.
15-8LTR0hThis is an unused field and is hardwired to 0.
7-0CLSR/W0hCache Line Size Register defined in PCI Specifications 3.0.
This field can be read or
written, both from the link and from the local management bus, but its value is not used.

3.5.3.5 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_RC_BAR_0 Register (Offset = 10h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_RC_BAR_0 is shown in Figure 12-1493 and described in Table 12-2928.

Return to the Summary Table.

This is the Base Address Register 0 in the Type-1 Config Space. It can be configured
as a 32-bit memory BAR, a 32-bit IO BAR, or can be paired with RC BAR 1 to form a 64-bit memory BAR.
The parameters of this BAR are configured in the local management register Root Complex BAR Configuration Register.

Table 12-2927 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_RC_BAR_0 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0010h
Figure 12-1493 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_RC_BAR_0 Register
3130292827262524
BAMRW
R/W-0h
2322212019181716
BAMRWBAMR0
R/W-0hR-0h
15141312111098
BAMR0
R-0h
76543210
BAMR0P0S0R7MSI0
R-0hR-0hR-0hR-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2928 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_RC_BAR_0 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-22BAMRWR/W0hThis field defines the base address of the memory address range.
The number of implemented
bits in this field determines the BAR aperture configured in Root Complex BAR Configuration Register.
All other bits are not writeable, and are read as 0's.
21-4BAMR0R0hThis field defines the base address of the memory address range.
The number of implemented
bits in this field determines the BAR aperture configured in Root Complex BAR Configuration Register.
All other bits are not writeable, and are read as 0's.
3P0R0hFor memory BAR: This bit reads as 1 when BAR 0 is configured as a prefetchable BAR,
and as 0 when configured as a non-prefetchable BAR.
For IO BAR: This is bit 3 of the base address.
The value read in this field is determined by the setting of Root Complex BAR Configuration Register.
2S0R0hFor memory BAR:This bit reads as 0 when BAR 0 is configured as a
32-bit BAR, and as 1 when
configured as a
64-bit BAR.
For IO BAR: This is bit 3 of the base address.
The value read in this field is determined by the setting of Root Complex BAR Configuration Register.
1R7R0hThis bit is hardwired to 0 for both memory and I/O BARs.
0MSI0R0hSpecifies whether this BAR defines a memory address range or an I/O address range
[0 =
memory,
1 = I/O].
The value read in this field is determined by the setting of Root Complex BAR Configuration Register.

3.5.3.6 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_RC_BAR_1 Register (Offset = 14h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_RC_BAR_1 is shown in Figure 12-1494 and described in Table 12-2930.

Return to the Summary Table.

This is the Base Address Register 1 in the Type-1 Config Space. It can be configured as a
32-bit memory BAR, a 32-bit IO BAR, or can be paired with RC BAR 0 to form a 64-bit memory BAR.
The parameters of this BAR are configured in the local management register Root Complex BAR Configuration Register.

Table 12-2929 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_RC_BAR_1 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0014h
Figure 12-1494 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_RC_BAR_1 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
R7
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2930 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_RC_BAR_1 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0R7R0hThis field is reserved at power-on.
This can be changed using BAR configuration regsiter in LM space.

3.5.3.7 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_BUS_NUMBERS Register (Offset = 18h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_BUS_NUMBERS is shown in Figure 12-1495 and described in Table 12-2932.

Return to the Summary Table.

This location contains the 8-bit fields: Primary Bus Number, Secondary Bus Number,Subordinate Bus Number, Secondary Latency
Timer.

Table 12-2931 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_BUS_NUMBERS Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0018h
Figure 12-1495 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_BUS_NUMBERS Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
SLTNSUBNSBNPBN
R-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2932 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_BUS_NUMBERS Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-24SLTNR0hThis field is not implemented.
23-16SUBNR/W0hThis field can be read and written from the local management bus, but its value is not used within the Controller.
15-8SBNR/W0hThis field can be read and written from the local management bus, but its value is not used within the Controller.
7-0PBNR/W0hThis field can be read and written from the local management bus, but its value is not used within the Controller.

3.5.3.8 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_IO_BASE_LIMIT Register (Offset = 1Ch) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_IO_BASE_LIMIT is shown in Figure 12-1496 and described in Table 12-2934.

Return to the Summary Table.

This location contains the 8-bit IO Base Register, the 8-bit IO Limit Register and the 16-bit Secondary Status Registers.

Table 12-2933 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_IO_BASE_LIMIT Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 001Ch
Figure 12-1496 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_IO_BASE_LIMIT Register
3130292827262524
DPERSERMARTASTAR4MPE
R/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR-0hR/W1C-0h
2322212019181716
R3
R-0h
15141312111098
ILRR2IOBS2
R-0hR-0hR-0h
76543210
IBRR1IOBS1
R-0hR-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear Bit; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2934 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_IO_BASE_LIMIT Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31DPER/W1C0hThe Controller does not set this bit by itself.
This bit can be cleared by writing a 1 into this bit position
from the local management APB bus.
This field can be forced to 1 or 0 from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
30RSER/W1C0hThe Controller does not set this bit by itself.
This bit can be cleared by writing a 1 into this bit position
from the local management APB bus.
This field can be forced to 1 or 0 from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
29RMAR/W1C0hThe Controller does not set this bit by itself.
This bit can be cleared by writing a 1 into this bit position
from the local management APB bus.
This field can be forced to 1 or 0 from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
28RTAR/W1C0hThe Controller does not set this bit by itself.
This bit can be cleared by writing a 1 into this bit position
from the local management APB bus.
This field can be forced to 1 or 0 from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
27STAR/W1C0hThe Controller does not set this bit by itself.
This bit can be cleared by writing a 1 into this bit position
from the local management APB bus.
This field can be forced to 1 or 0 from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
26-25R4R0hReserved
24MPER/W1C0hThe Controller does not set this bit by itself.
This bit can be cleared by writing a 1 into this bit position
from the local management APB bus.
This field can be forced to 1 or 0 from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
Note that this bit can be set only when the Parity Error Response Enable bit is set in the Bridge Control Register
23-16R3R0hReserved
15-12ILRR0hThis field can be read and written from the local management bus if IO BAR is enabled in the
Root Complex BAR configuration register, else it is hardwired to zero.
Its value is not used within the Controller.
11-9R2R0hReserved
8IOBS2R0hvalue set in Type1 cfg IO bar size[bit 20 of RC BAR CONFIG register].If type1 cfg
IObar enable bit[bit 19 in RC BAR CONFIG register] is not set, then this field will be hard
coded to 0.
7-4IBRR0hThis field can be read and written from the local management bus if IO BAR is enabled in the
Root Complex BAR configuration register, else it is hardwired to zero.
Its value is not used within the Controller.
3-1R1R0hReserved
0IOBS1R0hvalue set in Type1 cfg IO bar size[bit 20 of RC BAR CONFIG register].
If type1 cfg
IObar enable bit[bit 19 in RC BAR CONFIG register] is not set, then this field will be hard
coded to 0.

3.5.3.9 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_MEM_BASE_LIMIT Register (Offset = 20h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_MEM_BASE_LIMIT is shown in Figure 12-1497 and described in Table 12-2936.

Return to the Summary Table.

This location contains the 16-bit Memory Base Register and the 16-bit Memory Limit Register

Table 12-2935 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_MEM_BASE_LIMIT Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0020h
Figure 12-1497 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_MEM_BASE_LIMIT Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MLRR2MBRR1
R/W-0hR-0hR/W-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2936 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_MEM_BASE_LIMIT Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-20MLRR/W0hThis field can be read and written from the local management APB
bus, but its value is not used within the Controller.
19-16R2R0hReserved
15-4MBRR/W0hThis field can be read and written from the local management APB
bus, but its value is not used within the Controller.
3-0R1R0hReserved

3.5.3.10 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_PREFETCH_BASE_LIMIT Register (Offset = 24h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_PREFETCH_BASE_LIMIT is shown in Figure 12-1498 and described in Table 12-2938.

Return to the Summary Table.

This location contains the Prefetchable Memory Base Register and the Prefetchable Memory Limit
Register. This register is enabled by programming the Root Complex BAR configuration register in
the Local Management space

Table 12-2937 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_PREFETCH_BASE_LIMIT Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0024h
Figure 12-1498 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_PREFETCH_BASE_LIMIT Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
PMLRPMBR
R-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2938 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_PREFETCH_BASE_LIMIT Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16PMLRR0hThis field can be read and written from the local management APB
bus if prefetchable memory is enabled in the Root Complex BAR configuration register,
else it is hardwired to zero.
Its value is not used within the Controller.
15-0PMBRR0hThis field can be read and written from the local management APB
bus if prefetchable memory is enabled in the Root Complex BAR configuration register,
else it is hardwired to zero.
Its value is not used within the Controller.

3.5.3.11 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_PREFETCH_BASE_UPPER Register (Offset = 28h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_PREFETCH_BASE_UPPER is shown in Figure 12-1499 and described in Table 12-2940.

Return to the Summary Table.

This location contains the upper 32 bits of the Prefetchable Base Register. This register is
enabled by programming the Root Complex BAR configuration register in the Local Management space.

Table 12-2939 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_PREFETCH_BASE_UPPER Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0028h
Figure 12-1499 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_PREFETCH_BASE_UPPER Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
PBRU
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2940 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_PREFETCH_BASE_UPPER Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0PBRUR0hThis field can be read and written from the local management APB
bus if 64bit prefetchable memory is enabled in the Root Complex BAR configuration register,
else it is hardwired to zero.
Its value is not used within the Controller.

3.5.3.12 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_PREFETCH_LIMIT_UPPER Register (Offset = 2Ch) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_PREFETCH_LIMIT_UPPER is shown in Figure 12-1500 and described in Table 12-2942.

Return to the Summary Table.

This location contains the upper 32 bits of the Prefetchable Limit Register. This register
is enabled by programming the Root Complex BAR configuration register in the Local Management space.

Table 12-2941 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_PREFETCH_LIMIT_UPPER Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 002Ch
Figure 12-1500 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_PREFETCH_LIMIT_UPPER Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
PLRU
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2942 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_PREFETCH_LIMIT_UPPER Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0PLRUR0hThis field can be read and written from the local management APB
bus if 64bit prefetchable memory is enabled in the Root Complex BAR configuration register,
else it is hardwired to zero.
Its value is not used within the Controller.

3.5.3.13 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_IO_BASE_LIMIT_UPPER Register (Offset = 30h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_IO_BASE_LIMIT_UPPER is shown in Figure 12-1501 and described in Table 12-2944.

Return to the Summary Table.

This location contains the upper 16 bits of the IO Base and IO Limit Registers

Table 12-2943 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_IO_BASE_LIMIT_UPPER Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0030h
Figure 12-1501 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_IO_BASE_LIMIT_UPPER Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
ILRIBRU
R-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2944 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_IO_BASE_LIMIT_UPPER Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16ILRR0hThis field can be read and written from the local management bus if 32bit IO BAR is
enabled in the Root Complex BAR configuration register, else it is hardwired to zero.
Its value is not used within the Controller.
15-0IBRUR0hThis field can be read and written from the local management bus if 32bit IO BAR
is enabled in the Root Complex BAR configuration register, else it is hardwired to zero.
Its value is not used within the Controller.

3.5.3.14 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_CAPABILITIES_POINTER Register (Offset = 34h) [reset = 80h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_CAPABILITIES_POINTER is shown in Figure 12-1502 and described in Table 12-2946.

Return to the Summary Table.

This location contains the pointer to the first PCI Capabilities Structure.

Table 12-2945 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_CAPABILITIES_POINTER Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0034h
Figure 12-1502 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_CAPABILITIES_POINTER Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
R15CP
R-0hR-80h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2946 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_CAPABILITIES_POINTER Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-8R15R0hReserved
7-0CPR80hContains pointer to the first PCI Capability Structure.
This field is set by default
to the value defined in the RTL file reg_defaults.h.
It can be re-written independently for
every Function from the local management APB bus.

3.5.3.15 PCIE_CORE_RP_RSVD_0E Register (Offset = 38h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_RSVD_0E is shown in Figure 12-1503 and described in Table 12-2948.

Return to the Summary Table.

Reserved

Table 12-2947 PCIE_CORE_RP_RSVD_0E Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0038h
Figure 12-1503 PCIE_CORE_RP_RSVD_0E Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RSVD
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2948 PCIE_CORE_RP_RSVD_0E Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0RSVDR0hReserved

3.5.3.16 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_INTRPT_LINE_INTRPT_PIN Register (Offset = 3Ch) [reset = 1FFh]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_INTRPT_LINE_INTRPT_PIN is shown in Figure 12-1504 and described in Table 12-2950.

Return to the Summary Table.

This location contains the Interrupt Line Register, the Interrupt Pin Register,
and the Bridge Control Register

Table 12-2949 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_INTRPT_LINE_INTRPT_PIN Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 003Ch
Figure 12-1504 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_INTRPT_LINE_INTRPT_PIN Register
3130292827262524
R23
R-0h
2322212019181716
R23BCRSBRR21VGA16DVGAEISAEBCSEPERE
R-0hR/W-0hR-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
15141312111098
R5IPR
R-0hR-1h
76543210
ILR
R/W-FFh
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2950 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_INTRPT_LINE_INTRPT_PIN Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-23R23R0hReserved
22BCRSBRR/W0hThis field can be read and written from the local management APB
bus.
When set, it initiates a hot reset on the link.
21R21R0hReserved
20VGA16DR/W0hThis field can be read and written from the local management APB
bus, but its value is not used within the Controller.
19VGAER/W0hThis field can be read and written from the local management APB
bus, but its value is not used within the Controller.
18ISAER/W0hThis field can be read and written from the local management APB
bus, but its value is not used within the Controller.
17BCSER/W0hThis field can be read and written from the local management APB
bus, but its value is not used within the Controller.
16PERER/W0hThis field can be read and written from the local management APB
bus.
It is used only to enable the Master Data Parity Error bit in the Secondary Status Register.
15-11R5R0hReserved
10-8IPRR1hIdentifies the interrupt input [A, B, C, D] to which this Functions interrupt output
is connected to
[01 = INTA,
02 = INTB,
03 = INTC,
04 = INTD].
The assignment of interrupt
inputs to Functions is fixed when the Controller is configured.
This field can be re-written
independently for each Function from the local management bus.
Default values - PF
0: 01 [INTA],
PF
1: 02 [INTB].
7-0ILRR/WFFhThis field can be read and written from the local management bus, but its value is not used within the Controller.The given reset value is for PF0.

3.5.3.17 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PWR_MGMT_CAP Register (Offset = 80h) [reset = 5A039001h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PWR_MGMT_CAP is shown in Figure 12-1505 and described in Table 12-2952.

Return to the Summary Table.

This location contains the Power Management Capabilities Register, its Capability ID,
and a pointer to the next capability. In the RC mode, the settings of the fields of this
register have no effect on the operation of the Controller

Table 12-2951 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PWR_MGMT_CAP Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0080h
Figure 12-1505 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PWR_MGMT_CAP Register
3130292827262524
PSDCSPSDHSPSD2SPSD1SPSD0SD2SD1SMCRAPS
R-0hR-1hR-0hR-1hR-1hR-0hR-1hR-0h
2322212019181716
MCRAPSDSIR0PCVID
R-0hR-0hR-0hR-0hR-3h
15141312111098
CP
R-90h
76543210
CID
R-1h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2952 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PWR_MGMT_CAP Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31PSDCSR0hIndicates whether the Function is capable of sending PME messages when in the D3cold state.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
30PSDHSR1hIndicates whether the Function is capable of sending PME messages when in the D3hot
state.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
29PSD2SR0hIndicates whether the Function is capable of sending PME messages when in the D2
state.
This bit is hardwired to 0 because D2 state is not supported.
28PSD1SR1hIndicates whether the Function is capable of sending PME messages when in the D1
state.
This bit is set to 1 by default, but can be modified from the local management bus by
writing into Function 0.
All other Functions assume the value set in Function 0s Power
Management Capabilities Register.
27PSD0SR1hIndicates whether the Function is capable of sending PME messages when in the D0
state.

This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
26D2SR0hSet if the Function supports the D2 power state.
Currently hardwired to 0.
25D1SR1hSet if the Function supports the D1 power state.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
24-22MCRAPSR0hSpecifies the maximum current drawn by the device from the aux power source in the
D3cold state.
This field is not implemented in devices not supporting PME notification when in
the D3cold state, and is therefore hardwired to 0.
21DSIR0hThis bit, when set, indicates that the device requires additional configuration steps
beyond setting up its PCI configuration space, to bring it to the D0 active state from the
D0 uninitialized state.
This bit is hardwired to 0.
20R0R0hReserved
19PCR0hNot applicable to PCI Express.
This bit is hardwired to 0.
18-16VIDR3hIndicates the version of the PCI Bus Power Management Specifications that the Function
implements.
This field is set by default to 011 [Version 1.2].
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
15-8CPR90hContains pointer to the next PCI Capability Structure.
The Controller sets it to the value
defined in the RTL file reg_defaults.h.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
7-0CIDR1hIdentifies that the capability structure is for Power Management.
This field is set by
default to 01 hex.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.

3.5.3.18 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PWR_MGMT_CTRL_STAT_REP Register (Offset = 84h) [reset = 8h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PWR_MGMT_CTRL_STAT_REP is shown in Figure 12-1506 and described in Table 12-2954.

Return to the Summary Table.

This location contains the Power Management Control/Status and Data Registers.

Table 12-2953 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PWR_MGMT_CTRL_STAT_REP Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0084h
Figure 12-1506 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PWR_MGMT_CTRL_STAT_REP Register
3130292827262524
DR
R-0h
2322212019181716
R1
R-0h
15141312111098
PMESR2PE
R/W1C-0hR-0hR/W-0h
76543210
R3NSRR4PS
R-0hR-1hR-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear Bit; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2954 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PWR_MGMT_CTRL_STAT_REP Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-24DRR0hThis optional register is not implemented in the PCIe Controller.
This field is
hardwired to 0.
23-16R1R0hReserved
15PMESR/W1C0h
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write..
14-9R2R0hReserved
8PER/W0hThis bit can be set or cleared from the local management APB
bus, by writing a 1 or 0, respectively.
7-4R3R0hReserved
3NSRR1hThis bit is set to 1 by default.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
2R4R0hReserved
1-0PSR/W0hThis field can also be read or written from the local management
APBbus.

3.5.3.19 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_CTRL_REG Register (Offset = 90h) [reset = 0180B005h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_CTRL_REG is shown in Figure 12-1507 and described in Table 12-2956.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register is used only when the Controller is configured to support Message Signaled
Interrupts (MSIs). In addition to the MSI control bits, this location also contains the
Capability ID for MSI and the pointer to the next PCI Capability Structure.

Table 12-2955 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_CTRL_REG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0090h
Figure 12-1507 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_CTRL_REG Register
3130292827262524
R0MC
R-0hR-1h
2322212019181716
BAC64MMEMMCME
R-1hR/W-0hR-0hR/W-0h
15141312111098
CP1
R-B0h
76543210
CID1
R-5h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2956 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_CTRL_REG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-25R0R0hReserved
24MCR1hcan be modified using localmanagement interface
23BAC64R1hSet to 1 to indicate that the device is capable of generating
64-bit addresses for MSI
messages.Can be modified using local management interface
22-20MMER/W0hEncodes the number of distinct messages that the Controller is programmed to generate for
this Function
[000 = 1,
001 = 2,
010 = 4,
011 = 8,
100 = 16,
101 = 32].
This setting must be
based on the number of interrupt inputs of the Controller that are actually used by this Function.
This field can be written from the local management bus.
19-17MMCR0hEncodes the number of distinct messages that the Controller is capable of generating for
this Function
[000 = 1,
001 = 2,
010 = 4,
011 = 8,
100 = 16,
101 = 32].
Thus, this field
defines the number of the interrupt vectors for this Function.
The Controller allows up to 32
distinct messages, but the setting of this field must be based on the number of interrupt
inputs of the Controller that are actually used by the client.
For example, if the client logic uses
8 of the 32 distinct MSI interrupt inputs of the Controller for this Function, then the value of
this field must be set to 011.
This field can be written from the local management bus.
Please see the define den_db_Fx_MSI_MULTIPLE_MSG_CAPABLE values [where x is the function number]
for default values of each function in the reg_defaults.v files.
16MER/W0hSet by the configuration program to enable the MSI feature.
This field can also be
written from the local management bus.
15-8CP1RB0hPointer to the next PCI Capability Structure.
This can be modified from the local management
bus.
This field
can be written from the local management bus.
7-0CID1R5hSpecifies that the capability structure is for MSI.
Hardwired to 05 hex.

3.5.3.20 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MSG_LOW_ADDR Register (Offset = 94h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MSG_LOW_ADDR is shown in Figure 12-1508 and described in Table 12-2958.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains the first 32 bits of the address to be used in the MSI messages
generated by the Controller for this Function. This address is taken as a 32-bit address if the value
programmed in the MSI Message High Address Register is 0. Otherwise, this address is taken as
the least significant 32 bits of the 64-bit address sent in MSI messages.

Table 12-2957 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MSG_LOW_ADDR Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0094h
Figure 12-1508 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MSG_LOW_ADDR Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MALR1
R/W-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2958 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MSG_LOW_ADDR Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-2MALR/W0hLower bits of the address to be used in MSI messages.
This field can also be written
from the local management bus.
1-0R1R0hThe two lower bits of the address are hardwired to 0 to align the address on a
double-word boundary.

3.5.3.21 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MSG_HI_ADDR Register (Offset = 98h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MSG_HI_ADDR is shown in Figure 12-1509 and described in Table 12-2960.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains the most significant 32 bits of the 64-bit address sent by the
Controller in MSI messages. A value of all zeroes in this register is taken to mean that the Controller
should use 32-bit addresses in the messages.

Table 12-2959 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MSG_HI_ADDR Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0098h
Figure 12-1509 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MSG_HI_ADDR Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
MAH
R/W-0h
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2960 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MSG_HI_ADDR Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0MAHR/W0hContains bits 63:32 of the 64-bit address to be used in MSI Messages.
A value of 0
specifies that 32-bit addresses are to be used in the messages.
This field can also be written
from the local management bus.

3.5.3.22 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MSG_DATA Register (Offset = 9Ch) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MSG_DATA is shown in Figure 12-1510 and described in Table 12-2962.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains the write data to be used in the MSI messages to be generated for
the associated PCI Function. When the number of distinct messages programmed in the MSI Control
Register is 1, the 32-bit value from this register is used as the data value in the MSI packets
generated by the Controller for this Function. If the number of distinct messages is more than 1, the
least significant bits of the programmed value are replaced with the encoded interrupt vector
[31:0] of the specific message to generate the write data value for the message.

Table 12-2961 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MSG_DATA Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 009Ch
Figure 12-1510 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MSG_DATA Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
R2MD
R-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2962 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MSG_DATA Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16R2R0hHardwired to 0
15-0MDR/W0hMessage data to be used for this Function.
This field can also be written from the
local management bus.

3.5.3.23 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MASK Register (Offset = A0h) [reset = X]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MASK is shown in Figure 12-1511 and described in Table 12-2964.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains the MSI mask bits, one for each of the interrupt levels.

Table 12-2963 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MASK Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 00A0h
Figure 12-1511 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MASK Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
RESERVED
R/W-X
1514131211109876543210
RESERVEDMM
R/W-XR/W-0h
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2964 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_MASK Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-1RESERVEDR/WX
0MMR/W0hMask bits for MSI interrupts.
The Multiple Message Capable field of the MSI Control
Register specifies the number of distinct interrupts for the Function, which determines the
number of valid mask bits.

3.5.3.24 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_PENDING_BITS Register (Offset = A4h) [reset = X]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_PENDING_BITS is shown in Figure 12-1512 and described in Table 12-2966.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains the MSI pending interrupt bits, one for each of the interrupt
levels.

Table 12-2965 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_PENDING_BITS Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 00A4h
Figure 12-1512 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_PENDING_BITS Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
RESERVED
R-X
1514131211109876543210
RESERVEDMP
R-XR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2966 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSI_PENDING_BITS Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-1RESERVEDRX
0MPR0hPending bits for MSI interrupts.


This field can be written from the APB interface to refelct the current pending status.

3.5.3.25 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSIX_CTRL Register (Offset = B0h) [reset = C011h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSIX_CTRL is shown in Figure 12-1513 and described in Table 12-2968.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains the MSI-X configuration bits, the Capability ID for MSI-X and the
pointer to the next PCI Capability Structure.

Table 12-2967 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSIX_CTRL Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 00B0h
Figure 12-1513 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSIX_CTRL Register
3130292827262524
MSIXEFMR0MSIXTS
R/W-0hR/W-0hR-0hR-0h
2322212019181716
MSIXTS
R-0h
15141312111098
CP
R-C0h
76543210
CID
R-11h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2968 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSIX_CTRL Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31MSIXER/W0hSet by the configuration program to enable the MSI-X feature.
This field can also be
written from the local management bus.
30FMR/W0hThis bit serves as a global mask to all the interrupt conditions associated with this
Function.
When this bit is set, the Controller will not send out MSI-X messages from this Function.
This field can also be written from the local management bus.
29-27R0R0hReserved
26-16MSIXTSR0hSpecifies the size of the MSI-X Table, that is, the number of interrupt vectors
defined for the Function.
The programmed value is 1 minus the size of the table [that is, this
field is set to 0 if the table size is 1.].
It can be
re-written independently for each Function from the local management bus.
Please see the define den_db_Fx_MSIX_TABLE_SIZE values [where x is the function number]
for default values of each function in the reg_defaults.v files.
15-8CPRC0hContains pointer to the next PCI Capability Structure.
This is set to point to the PCI
Express Capability Structure at 30 hex.
This can be rewritten independently for each Function
from the local management bus.
7-0CIDR11hIdentifies that the capability structure is for MSI-X.
This field is set by default to
11 hex.
It can be rewritten independently for each Function from the local management bus.

3.5.3.26 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSIX_TBL_OFFSET Register (Offset = B4h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSIX_TBL_OFFSET is shown in Figure 12-1514 and described in Table 12-2970.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register is used to specify the location of the MSI-X Table in memory. All the 32
bits of this register can be re-written independently for each Function from the local
management bus.

Table 12-2969 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSIX_TBL_OFFSET Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 00B4h
Figure 12-1514 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSIX_TBL_OFFSET Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
TO
R-0h
1514131211109876543210
TOBARI
R-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2970 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSIX_TBL_OFFSET Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-3TOR0hOffset of the memory address where the MSI-X Table is located, relative to the
selected BAR.
The three least significant bits of the address are omitted, as the addresses
are QWORD aligned.
Please see the define den_db_Fx_MSIX_TABLE_OFFSET values [where x is the function number]
for default values of each function in the reg_defaults.v files.
2-0BARIR0hIdentifies the BAR corresponding to the memory address range where the MSI-X Table is
located
[000 = BAR 0,
001 = BAR 1, ...
,
101 = BAR 5].
Please see the define den_db_Fx_MSIX_TABLE_BIR values [where x is the function number]
for default values of each function in the reg_defaults.v files.

3.5.3.27 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSIX_PENDING_INTRPT Register (Offset = B8h) [reset = 8h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSIX_PENDING_INTRPT is shown in Figure 12-1515 and described in Table 12-2972.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register is used to specify the location of the MSI-X Pending Bit Array (PBA). The
PBA is a structure in memory containing the pending interrupt bits. All the 32 bits of this
register can be rewritten independently for each Function from the local management bus.

Table 12-2971 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSIX_PENDING_INTRPT Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 00B8h
Figure 12-1515 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSIX_PENDING_INTRPT Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
PBAO
R-1h
1514131211109876543210
PBAOBARI1
R-1hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2972 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MSIX_PENDING_INTRPT Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-3PBAOR1hOffset of the memory address where the PBA is located, relative to the selected BAR.
The three least significant bits of the address are omitted, as the addresses are QWORD
aligned.
Please see the define den_db_Fx_MSIX_PBA_OFFSET values [where x is the function number]
for default values of each function in the reg_defaults.v files.
2-0BARI1R0hIdentifies the BAR corresponding to the memory address range where the PBA Structure
is located
[000 = BAR 0,
001 = BAR 1, ...
,
101 = BAR 5].
The value programmed must be the
same as the BAR Indicator configured in the MSI-X Table Offset Register.Identifies the BAR
corresponding to the memory address range where the PBA Structure is located
[000 = BAR 0, 001
= BAR 1, ...
,
101 = BAR 5].
The value programmed must be the same as the BAR Indicator
configured in the MSI-X Table Offset Register.
Please see the define den_db_Fx_MSIX_PBA_BIR values [where x is the function number]
for default values of each function in the reg_defaults.v files.

3.5.3.28 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_CAP_LIST Register (Offset = C0h) [reset = 01420010h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_CAP_LIST is shown in Figure 12-1516 and described in Table 12-2974.

Return to the Summary Table.

This location identifies the PCI Express device type and its capabilities. It also
contains the Capability ID for the PCI Express Structure and the pointer to the next capability
structure.

Table 12-2973 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_CAP_LIST Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 00C0h
Figure 12-1516 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_CAP_LIST Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
R0TRSIMNSIDTPCV
R-0hR-0hR-0hR-1hR-4hR-2h
1514131211109876543210
NCPCID
R-0hR-10h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2974 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_CAP_LIST Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31R0R0hReserved
30TRSR0hWhen set to 1, this bit indicates that the device supports routing of Trusted
Configuration Requests.
Not valid for Endpoints.
Hardwired to 0.
29-25IMNR0hIdentifies the MSI or MSI-X interrupt vector for the interrupt message generated
corresponding to the status bits in the Slot Status Register, Root Status Register, or this
capability structure.
This field must be defined based on the chosen interrupt mode - MSI or
MSI-X.
This field is hardwired to 0.
24SIR1hWhen Set, this bit indicates that the Link associated with this Port is connected to a slot
23-20DTR4hIndicates the type of device implementing this Function.
This field is hardwired to 4
in the RP mode.
19-16PCVR2hIdentifies the version number of the capability structure.

This field is set to 2 by default to indicate that the Controller is compatible to PCI Express Base Specification Revision 3.0.
Can be modified using local management interface after asserting input signal MGMT_TYPE1_CONFIG_REG_ACCESS high.
15-8NCPR0hPoints to the next PCI capability structure.
Set to 0 because this is the last
capability structure.
7-0CIDR10hSpecifies Capability ID assigned by PCI SIG for this structure.
This field is
hardwired to 10 hex.

3.5.3.29 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_CAP Register (Offset = C4h) [reset = 8001h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_CAP is shown in Figure 12-1517 and described in Table 12-2976.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register advertises the capabilities of the PCI Express device.

Table 12-2975 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_CAP Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 00C4h
Figure 12-1517 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_CAP Register
3130292827262524
R5FLRCCPLSCSP
R-0hR-0hR-0hR-0h
2322212019181716
CSPR4
R-0hR-0h
15141312111098
RERR3AL1LAL0L
R-1hR-0hR-0hR-0h
76543210
AL0LETFSPFSMP
R-0hR-0hR-0hR-1h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2976 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_CAP Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-29R5R0hReserved
28FLRCR0hA value of 1b indicates the
Function supports the optional Function Level Reset mechanism
27-26CPLSR0hSpecifies the scale used by Slot Power Limit Value.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
.
25-18CSPR0hSpecifies upper limit on power supplied by slot.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
.
17-16R4R0hReserved
15RERR1hEnables role-based errer reporting.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
14-12R3R0hReserved
11-9AL1LR0hSpecifies acceptable latency that the Endpoint can tolerate while transitioning from
L1 to L0.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
8-6AL0LR0hSpecifies acceptable latency that the Endpoint can tolerate while transitioning from
L0S to L0.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
5ETFSR0hhard coded to zero .
4-3PFSR0hThis field is used to extend the tag field by combining unused Function bits with the
tag bits.
This field is hardwired to 00 to disable this feature.
2-0MPR1hSpecifies maximum payload size supported by the device.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.

3.5.3.30 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_DEV_CTRL_STATUS Register (Offset = C8h) [reset = 2810h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_DEV_CTRL_STATUS is shown in Figure 12-1518 and described in Table 12-2978.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains control and status bits associated with the device.

Table 12-2977 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_DEV_CTRL_STATUS Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 00C8h
Figure 12-1518 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_DEV_CTRL_STATUS Register
3130292827262524
R8
R-0h
2322212019181716
R8TPAPDURDFEDNFEDCED
R-0hR-0hR-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0h
15141312111098
R7MRRENSAPPMEPFEETE
R-0hR/W-2hR/W-1hR-0hR-0hR-0h
76543210
MPEROEURREFERENFERECER
R/W-0hR/W-1hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear Bit; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2978 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_DEV_CTRL_STATUS Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-22R8R0hN/A
21TPR0hIndicates if any of the Non-Posted requests issued by the RC are still pending.
20APDR0hSet when auxiliary power is detected by the device.
This is an unused field.
19URDR/W1C0hSet to 1 by the Controller when it receives an unsupported request.
18FEDR/W1C0hSet to 1 by the Controller when it detects a fatal error, regardless of whether the
error is masked.
17NFEDR/W1C0hSet to 1 by the Controller when it detects a non-fatal error, regardless of whether the
error is masked.
16CEDR/W1C0hSet to 1 by the Controller when it detects a correctable error, regardless of whether the
error is masked.
15R7R0hHardwired to 0.
14-12MRRR/W2hSpecifies the maximum size allowed in read requests generated by the device.
11ENSR/W1hIf this bit is Set, the Function is permitted to
Set the No Snoop bit in the Requester Attributes of transactions
it initiates that do not require hardware enforced cache
coherency.
10APPMER0hHardwired to 0
9PFER0hHardwired to 0
8ETER0hextended tag not
enabled.
Hence hard coded to zero .
7-5MPR/W0hSpecifies the maximum TLP payload size configured.
The device must be able to receive
a TLP of this maximum size, and should not generate TLP's larger than this value.
Software
must set this field based on the maximum payload size in the Device Capabilities Register, and
the capability of the other side.
4EROR/W1hWhen set, this bit indicates that the device is allowed to set the Relaxed Ordering
bit in the Attributes field of transactions initiated from it., when the transactions do not
require Strong Ordering.
3EURRR/W0hThis bit is used to gate the CORRECTABLE_ERROR_OUT, NON_FATAL_ERROR_OUT, FATAL_ERROR_OUT output in Root Port mode on receiving unsupported requests.
Note: Alternately, the SERR Enable bit in the Command Register can also be set to enable assertion of FATAL_ERROR_OUT on receiving uncorrectable unsupported requests.
2EFERR/W0hThis bit is used to gate the FATAL_ERROR_OUT output of the Controller in Root Port mode.
When an Uncorrectable, Unmasked Error with Uncorrectable Error Severity set to 1 is detected Internally or when a ERR_FATAL message is received by
the Controller, in Root Port mode, this bit gates the assertion of FATAL_ERROR_OUT output.
Note: Alternately, the SERR Enable bit in the Command Register can also be set to
enable assertion of FATAL_ERROR_OUT.
1ENFERR/W0hThis bit is used to gate the NON_FATAL_ERROR_OUT output of the Controller in Root Port mode.
When an Uncorrectable, Unmasked Error with Uncorrectable Error Severity set to 0 is detected Internally or when a ERR_NON_FATAL message is received by
the Controller, in Root Port mode, this bit gates the assertion of NON_FATAL_ERROR_OUT output.
Note: Alternately, the SERR Enable bit in the Command Register can also be set to
enable assertion of NON_FATAL_ERROR_OUT.
0ECERR/W0hThis bit is used to gate the CORRECTABLE_ERROR_OUT output of the Controller in Root Port mode.
When a Correctable and Unmasked Error is detected Internally or when a ERR_CORR message is received by
the Controller, in Root Port mode, this bit gates the assertion of CORRECTABLE_ERROR_OUT output.

3.5.3.33 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_SLOT_CAPABILITY Register (Offset = D4h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_SLOT_CAPABILITY is shown in Figure 12-1521 and described in Table 12-2984.

Return to the Summary Table.

The Slot Capabilities register identifies PCI Express slot specific capabilities.

Table 12-2983 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_SLOT_CAPABILITY Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 00D4h
Figure 12-1521 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_SLOT_CAPABILITY Register
3130292827262524
PSN
R-0h
2322212019181716
PSNNCCSEIPSPLS
R-0hR-0hR-0hR-0h
15141312111098
SPLSSPLV
R-0hR-0h
76543210
SPLVHPCHPSPIPAIPMRLSPPCPABPRSNT
R-0hR-0hR-0hR-0hR-0hR-0hR-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2984 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_SLOT_CAPABILITY Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-19PSNR0hThis field indicates the physical slot
number attached to this Port.
This field must be hardware
initialized to a value that assigns a slot number that is unique
within the chassis, regardless of the form factor associated with
the slot.
This field must be initialized to zero for Ports connected
to devices that are either integrated on the system board or
integrated within the same silicon as the Switch device or Root Port.
18NCCSR0hWhen Set, this bit
indicates that this slot does not generate software notification
when an issued command is completed by the Hot-Plug
Controller.
This bit is only permitted to be Set if the hot-plug
capable Port is able to accept writes to all fields of the Slot
Control register without delay between successive writes.
17EIPR0hWhen Set, this bit indicates that an Electromechanical Interlock is implemented on
the chassis for this slot.
16-15SPLSR0hSpecifies the scale used for the Slot Power Limit Value .
Range of Values:
00b = 1.0x
01b = 0.1x
10b = 0.01x
11b = 0.001x
This register must be implemented if the Slot Implemented bit is Set.
Writes to this register also cause the Port to send the Set_Slot_Power_Limit Message.
The default value prior to hardware/firmware initialization is 00b.
14-7SPLVR0hIn combination with the Slot Power
Limit Scale value, specifies the upper limit on power supplied by
the slot [see Section 6.9] or by other means to the adapter.
Power limit [in Watts] is calculated by multiplying the value in
this field by the value in the Slot Power Limit Scale field except
when the Slot Power Limit Scale field equals 00b [1.0x] and Slot
Power Limit Value exceeds EFh, the following alternative
encodings are used:
F0h = 250 W Slot Power Limit
F1h = 275 W Slot Power Limit
F2h = 300 W Slot Power Limit
F3h to FFh = Reserved for Slot Power Limit values above 300 W
This register must be implemented if the Slot Implemented bit is Set.
Writes to this register also cause the Port to send the Set_Slot_Power_Limit Message.
The default value prior to hardware/firmware initialization is 0000 0000b.
6HPCR0hWhen Set, this bit indicates that this slot is
capable of supporting hot-plug operations.
5HPSR0hWhen Set, this bit indicates that an
adapter present in this slot might be removed from the system
without any prior notification.
This is a form factor specific
capability.
This bit is an indication to the operating system to
allow for such removal without impacting continued software operation.
4PIPR0hWhen Set, this bit indicates that a
Power Indicator is electrically controlled by the chassis for this slot.
3AIPR0hWhen Set, this bit indicates that
an Attention Indicator is electrically controlled by the chassis.
2MRLSPR0hWhen Set, this bit indicates that an
MRL Sensor is implemented on the chassis for this slot.
1PCPR0hWhen Set, this bit indicates that a
software programmable Power Controller is implemented for this
slot/adapter [depending on form factor].
0ABPRSNTR0hWhen Set, this bit indicates that an Attention Button
for this slot is electrically controlled by the chassis.

3.5.3.34 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_SLOT_CTRL_STATUS Register (Offset = D8h) [reset = 002007C0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_SLOT_CTRL_STATUS is shown in Figure 12-1522 and described in Table 12-2986.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains control bits specific to PCI Express slot parameters and status
bits specific to the PCI Express Slot. All the read-write bits in this register can also be written
from the local management APB bus.

Table 12-2985 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_SLOT_CTRL_STATUS Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 00D8h
Figure 12-1522 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_SLOT_CTRL_STATUS Register
3130292827262524
RSCS2DLLSC
R-0hR/W1C-0h
2322212019181716
EMISPDSMRLSSCMDCMPLPDCMRLSCPFDABPRSD
R-0hR-0hR-1hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0h
15141312111098
RSCS1DLLSCEEMICPCCPIC
R-0hR/W-0hR-0hR/W-1hR/W-3h
76543210
AICHPIECCIEPDCEMSCEPFDEABPE
R/W-3hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear Bit; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2986 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_SLOT_CTRL_STATUS Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-25RSCS2R0hN/A
24DLLSCR/W1C0hThis bit is Set when the
value reported in the Data Link Layer Link Active bit of the Link
Status register is changed.
In response to a Data Link Layer State Changed event, software
must read the Data Link Layer Link Active bit of the Link Status
register to determine if the Link is active before initiating
configuration cycles to the hot plugged device.
23EMISR0hIf an Electromechanical
Interlock is implemented, this bit indicates the status of the
Electromechanical Interlock.
Defined encodings are:
0b Electromechanical Interlock Disengaged
1b Electromechanical Interlock Engaged
22PDSR0hThis bit indicates the presence of an
adapter in the slot, reflected by the logical 'OR' of the Physical
Layer in-band presence detect mechanism and, if present, any
out-of-band presence detect mechanism defined for the slot's
corresponding form factor.
Note that the in-band presence
detect mechanism requires that power be applied to an adapter
for its presence to be detected.
Consequently, form factors that
require a power controller for hot-plug must implement a
physical pin presence detect mechanism.
Defined encodings are:
0b Slot Empty
1b Card Present in slot.
21MRLSSR1hThis bit reports the status of the MRL sensor if implemented.
Defined encodings are:
0b MRL Closed
1b MRL Open
20CMDCMPLR/W1C0hIf Command Completed notification is
supported [if the No Command Completed Support bit in the
Slot Capabilities register is 0b], this bit is Set when a hot-plug
command has completed and the Hot-Plug Controller is ready to
accept a subsequent command.
The Command Completed
status bit is Set as an indication to host software that the Hot-
Plug Controller has processed the previous command and is
ready to receive the next command
it provides no guarantee
that the action corresponding to the command is complete.
If Command Completed notification is not supported, this bit
must be hardwired to 0b.
19PDCR/W1C0hThis bit is set when the value
reported in the Presence Detect State bit is changed.
18MRLSCR/W1C0hIf an MRL sensor is implemented, this
bit is Set when a MRL Sensor state change is detected.
If an
MRL sensor is not implemented, this bit must not be Set.
17PFDR/W1C0hIf a Power Controller that supports
power fault detection is implemented, this bit is Set when the
Power Controller detects a power fault at this slot.
Note that,
depending on hardware capability, it is possible that a power
fault can be detected at any time, independent of the Power
Controller Control setting or the occupancy of the slot.
If power
fault detection is not supported, this bit must not be Set.
16ABPRSDR/W1C0hIf an Attention Button is
implemented, this bit is Set when the attention button is pressed.
If an Attention Button is not supported, this bit must not be Set.
15-13RSCS1R0hReserved
12DLLSCER/W0hIf the Data Link Layer Link Active Reporting capability is 1b, this bit enables
software notification when Data Link Layer Link Active bit is changed.
If the Data Link Layer Link Active Reporting Capable bit is 0b,
this bit is permitted to be read-only with a value of 0b.
Default value of this bit is 0b.
11EMICR0hIf an Electromechanical Interlock is implemented, a write of 1b to this
bit causes the state of the interlock to toggle.
A write of 0b to
this bit has no effect.
A read of this bit always returns a 0b.
10PCCR/W1hIf a Power Controller is implemented,
this bit when written sets the power state of the
slot per the defined encodings.
Reads of this bit must reflect the
value from the latest write, even if the corresponding hot-plug
command is not complete, unless software issues a write, if required to,
without waiting for the previous command to complete in which case the read value is undefined.
The defined encodings are:
0b Power On
1b Power Off
9-8PICR/W3hIf a Power Indicator is implemented,
writes to this field set the Power Indicator to the written state.
Reads of this field must reflect the value from the latest write,Defined encodings are:
00b Reserved
01b On
10b Blink
11b Off
7-6AICR/W3hIf an Attention Indicator is
implemented, writes to this field set the Attention Indicator to the
written state.
Reads of this field must reflect the value from the latest write,Defined encodings are:
00b Reserved
01b On
10b Blink
11b Off
5HPIER/W0hWhen Set, this bit enables generation of an interrupt on enabled hot-plug events.
If the Hot Plug Capable bit in the Slot Capabilities register is
Clear, this bit is permitted to be read-only with a value of 0b.
Default value of this bit is 0b.
4CCIER/W0hIf Command Completed notification is supported [if the No Command
Completed Support bit in the Slot Capabilities register is 0b],
when Set, this bit enables software notification when a hot-plug
command is completed by the Hot-Plug Controller.
If Command Completed notification is not supported, this bit
must be hardwired to 0b.
Default value of this bit is 0b.
3PDCER/W0hWhen Set, this bit enables software notification on a presence detect changed
event.
If the Hot-Plug Capable bit in the Slot Capabilities register is 0b,
this bit is permitted to be read-only with a value of 0b.
Default value of this bit is 0b.
2MSCER/W0hWhen Set, this bit enables
software notification on a MRL sensor changed event
If the MRL Sensor Present bit in the Slot Capabilities register is
Clear, this bit is permitted to be read-only with a value of 0b.
Default value of this bit is 0b.
1PFDER/W0hWhen Set, this bit enables
software notification on a power fault event
If a Power Controller that supports power fault detection is not implemented,
this bit is permitted to be read-only with a value of 0b.
Default value of this bit is 0b.
0ABPER/W0hWhen Set to 1b, this bit
enables software notification on an attention button pressed
event.
If the Attention Button Present bit in the Slot Capabilities register
is 0b, this bit is permitted to be read-only with a value of 0b.
Default value of this bit is 0b.

3.5.3.35 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_CTRL_CAP Register (Offset = DCh) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_CTRL_CAP is shown in Figure 12-1523 and described in Table 12-2988.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register controls and identifies PCI Express Root Complex specific parameters.

Table 12-2987 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_CTRL_CAP Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 00DCh
Figure 12-1523 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_CTRL_CAP Register
3130292827262524
R27
R-0h
2322212019181716
R27
R-0h
15141312111098
R27
R-0h
76543210
R27CRSSVEPMEIESEFEESENFEESECEE
R-0hR-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2988 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_CTRL_CAP Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-5R27R0hReserved
4CRSSVER0hThis capability is not implemented and this bit is hardwired to 0b.
3PMEIER/W0hThis field can be read and written from the local management APB
bus, but its value is not used within the Controller.
2SEFEER/W0hThis field can be read and written from the local management APB
bus, but its value is not used within the Controller.
1SENFEER/W0hThis field can be read and written from the local management APB
bus, but its value is not used within the Controller.
0SECEER/W0hThis field can be read and written from the local management APB
bus, but its value is not used within the Controller.

3.5.3.36 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_STATUS Register (Offset = E0h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_STATUS is shown in Figure 12-1524 and described in Table 12-2990.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register controls and identifies PCI Express Root Complex specific parameters.

Table 12-2989 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_STATUS Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 00E0h
Figure 12-1524 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_STATUS Register
3130292827262524
R18
R-0h
2322212019181716
R18PMEPPMES
R-0hR-0hR/W1C-0h
15141312111098
PMERID
R-0h
76543210
PMERID
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear Bit; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2990 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_STATUS Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-18R18R0hReserved
17PMEPR0hThis field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
16PMESR/W1C0hThis field is not set by the Controller but can be cleared by writing a 1 from the
local management APB bus.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
15-0PMERIDR0hThis field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.

3.5.3.37 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_CAP_2 Register (Offset = E4h) [reset = X]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_CAP_2 is shown in Figure 12-1525 and described in Table 12-2992.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register advertises the capabilities of the PCI Express device.

Table 12-2991 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_CAP_2 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 00E4h
Figure 12-1525 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_CAP_2 Register
3130292827262524
R16
R-0h
2322212019181716
MEEPEEPSEXFSOBFFT10RST10CS
R-1hR-1hR-1hR-1hR-0hR-1h
15141312111098
R15RESERVEDTPHCLMSR14ACS128ACS64
R-0hR-XR-0hR-1hR-0hR-0hR-0h
76543210
ACS32AOPRSAFSCTDSCTR
R-0hR-0hR-1hR-1hR-2h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2992 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_CAP_2 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-24R16R0hReserved
23-22MEEPR1hIndicates the maximum number of End-End TLP Prefixes supported by the Function.
The supported
values are: 01b 1 End-End TLP Prefix 10b 2 End-End TLP Prefixes.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write
21EEPSR1hIndicates whether the Function supports End-End TLP Prefixes.
A 1 in this field indicates that
the Function supports receiving TLPs containing End-End TLP Prefixes.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write
20EXFSR1hIndicates that the Function supports the
3-bit definition of the Fmt field in the TLP header.

This bit is hardwired to 1 for all Physical Functions.
19-18OBFFR1hA 1 in this bit position indicates that the Function supports the Optimized Buffer Flush/Fill [OBFF] capability using message signaling. This field can be written from the APB bus by setting [21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a local management register write.
17T10RSR0hIf set function supports
1-bit requester capability
otherwise, the function does not.
This bit can be disabled using local management register.
16T10CSR1hIf set function supports
1-bit completer capability
otherwise, the function does not.
This field can be modified using local management interface.
15-14R15R0hReserved
13RESERVEDRX
12TPHCR0hHardwired to 0.
11LMSR1hA value of 1b indicates support
for the optional Latency Tolerance Reporting [LTR] mechanism.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
10R14R0hReserved
9ACS128R0hHardwired to 0.
8ACS64R0hHardwired to 0.
7ACS32R0hHardwired to 0.
6AOPRSR0hApplicable only to Switch
Upstream Ports, Switch Downstream Ports, and Root Ports

must be 0b for other Function types.
This bit must be set to 1b if
the Port supports this optional capability.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
5AFSR1hA 1 in this bit indicates that the device is able to forward TLPs with function number greater than 8.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
4CTDSR1hA 1 in this field indicates that the associated Function supports the capability to
turn off its Completion timeout.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.
3-0CTRR2hSpecifies the Completion Timeout values supported by the device.
This field is set by
default to 0010 [10 ms - 250 ms], but can be modified from the local management
APB bus.
The actual timeout values are in two programmable local
management registers, which allow the timeout settings of the two sub-ranges within Range B
to be programmed independently.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.

3.5.3.38 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_DEV_CTRL_STATUS_2 Register (Offset = E8h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_DEV_CTRL_STATUS_2 is shown in Figure 12-1526 and described in Table 12-2994.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains control and status bits associated with the device.

Table 12-2993 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_DEV_CTRL_STATUS_2 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 00E8h
Figure 12-1526 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_DEV_CTRL_STATUS_2 Register
3130292827262524
R20
R-0h
2322212019181716
R20
R-0h
15141312111098
R20OBFFET10RER19LTRMEICEIRE
R-0hR/W-0hR-0hR-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
76543210
R18AOREAFECTDCTV
R-0hR-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-2994 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PCIE_DEV_CTRL_STATUS_2 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-15R20R0hN/A
14-13OBFFER/W0hEnables the Optimized Buffer Flush/Fill [OBFF] capability in the device.
Valid
settings are 00 [disabled], 01 [Variation A], and 10 [Variation B].
12T10RER0h10bit TAGs generation are not supported in this configuration.
11R19R0hReserved
10LTRMER/W0hThis must be set to 1 to enable the Latency Tolerance Reporting Mechanism.
This bit is
implemented only in PF 0.
Its default value is 1, but can be modified from the local
management bus.
This bit is read-only in PF 1.
9ICER/W0hWhen this bit is 1, the RC is allowed to set the ID-based Ordering [IDO] Attribute bit
in the Completions it generates.
8IRER/W0hWhen this bit is 1, the RC is allowed to set the ID-based Ordering [IDO] Attribute bit
in the requests it generates.
7R18R0hReserved
6AORER0hThis bit must be set to enable the generation of Atomic Op Requests.
If the client
logic attempts to send an Atomic Op when this bit is not set, logic in the Controller will nullify
the TLP on its way to the link.
5AFER/W0hA 1 in this filed indicates that the port treats fields
7:0 of the ID
as function number while converting a Type 1 config packet to type 0 config packet.
4CTDR/W0hSetting this bit disables the Completion Timeout in the device.
3-0CTVR/W0hSpecifies the Completion Timeout value for the device.
Allowable values are 0101
[sub-range 1] and 0110 [sub-range 2].
The corresponding timeout values are stored in the local
management register's Completion Timeout Interval Registers 0 and 1, respectively.
Value of 0
selects completion timeout from Completion-Timeout-Interval-Registers-0 in local management
register.

3.5.3.41 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_AER_ENHNCD_CAP Register (Offset = 100h) [reset = 15020001h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_AER_ENHNCD_CAP is shown in Figure 12-1529 and described in Table 12-3000.

Return to the Summary Table.

This is the first register in the PCI Express Advanced Error Reporting Capability
Structure. This register contains the PCI Express Extended Capability ID, the capability version
, and the pointer to the next capability structure.

Table 12-2999 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_AER_ENHNCD_CAP Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0100h
Figure 12-1529 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_AER_ENHNCD_CAP Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
NCOCVPECID
R-150hR-2hR-1h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3000 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_AER_ENHNCD_CAP Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-20NCOR150hIndicates offset to the next PCI Express capability structure.
The default next pointer value is dynamic and is dependent on whether the strap or LMI bits are set.
19-16CVR2hSpecifies the SIG assigned value for the version of the capability structure.
This
field is set by default to 4'h2.
15-0PECIDR1hThis field is hardwired to the Capability ID assigned by PCI SIG to the PCI Express
AER Extended Capability Structure [0001 hex].

3.5.3.42 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_UNCORR_ERR_STATUS Register (Offset = 104h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_UNCORR_ERR_STATUS is shown in Figure 12-1530 and described in Table 12-3002.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register provides the status of the various uncorrectable errors detected by the
PCI Express Controller. Software may clear any error bit by writing a 1 into the corresponding bit
position. The states of the bits in the Uncorrectable Error Mask Register have no effect on the
status bits of this register. In the case of certain errors detected by the Transaction Layer,
the associated TLP header is logged in the Header Log Registers.

Table 12-3001 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_UNCORR_ERR_STATUS Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0104h
Figure 12-1530 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_UNCORR_ERR_STATUS Register
3130292827262524
R28
R-0h
2322212019181716
R28UIER27UREEEMTROUC
R-0hR/W1C-0hR-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0h
15141312111098
CACTFCPEPTR26
R/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR-0h
76543210
R26SDESDLPER25LTE
R-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR-0hR/W1C-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear Bit; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3002 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_UNCORR_ERR_STATUS Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-23R28R0hReserved
22UIER/W1C0hThis bit is set when the Controller has detected an internal uncorrectable error [HAL
parity error or an uncorrectable ECC error while reading from any of the RAMs].
This bit is
also set in response to the client signaling an internal error through the input
UNCORRECTABLE_ERROR_IN.
This error is considered fatal by default.
21R27R0hReserved
20URER/W1C0hThis bit is set when the Controller has received a request from the link that it does not
support.
This error is not Function-specific.
This error is considered non-fatal by default,
except for the special case outlined in PCI Express Base Specification 2.0.
The header of
the received request that caused the error is logged in the Header Log Registers.
19EER/W1C0hThis bit is set when the Controller has detected an ECRC error in a received TLP.
18MTR/W1C0hThis bit is set when the Controller receives a malformed TLP from the link.
This error is
considered fatal by default.
The header of the received TLP with error is logged in the Header
Log Registers.
17ROR/W1C0hThis bit is set when the Controller receives a TLP in violation of the receive credit
currently available.
16UCR/W1C0hThis bit is set when the Controller has received an unexpected Completion packet from the
link.
15CAR/W1C0hThis bit is set when the Controller has returned the Completer Abort [CA] status to a
request received from the link.
This error is considered non-fatal by default, except for the
special cases outlined in PCI Express Base Specification 2.0.
The header of the received
request that caused the error is logged in the Header Log Registers.
14CTR/W1C0hThis bit is set when the completion timer associated with an outstanding request times
out.
This error is considered non-fatal by default.
13FCPER/W1C0hThis bit is set when certain violations of the flow control protocol are detected by
the Controller.
12PTR/W1C0hThis bit is set when the Controller receives a poisoned TLP from the link.
This error is
considered non-fatal by default.
The header of the received TLP with error is logged in the
Header Log Registers.
11-6R26R0hReserved
5SDESR/W1C0hThis error status indicates Link up to Link down event. So Status bit is set upon LINK_DOWN_RESET_OUT event. This field is applicable to RC only and not for EP as per PCIE-spec.
4DLPER/W1C0hThis bit is set when the Controller receives an Ack or Nak DLLP whose sequence does not
correspond to that of an unacknowledged TLP or that of the last acknowledged TLP [for details,
refer to the PCI Express Base Specifications].
3-1R25R0hN/A
0LTER/W1C0hThis error indicates that link training is not successful and transition back to detect state. This Status bit is set on any LTSSM transition from Configuration to Detect or Recovery to Detect. This field is applicable to RC only and not for EP as per PCIE-spec.

3.5.3.43 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_UNCORR_ERR_MASK Register (Offset = 108h) [reset = 00400000h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_UNCORR_ERR_MASK is shown in Figure 12-1531 and described in Table 12-3004.

Return to the Summary Table.

The mask bits in this register control the reporting of uncorrectable errors. For each
error type in the Uncorrectable Error Status Register, there is a corresponding bit in this
register to mask its reporting. Setting the mask bit has the following effects: (1) The
occurrence of the error does not cause activation of the FATAL_ERROR_OUT or NON_FATAL_ERROR_OUT
output of the Controller, depending on the severity of the error. (2) The header of the TLP in which
the error was detected is not logged in the Header Log Registers. (3) The First Error Pointer in
the Advanced Error Capabilities and Control Register is not updated on the detection of the
error. The individual bits of the mask register are described below.

Table 12-3003 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_UNCORR_ERR_MASK Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0108h
Figure 12-1531 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_UNCORR_ERR_MASK Register
3130292827262524
R32
R-0h
2322212019181716
R32UIEMR31UREMEEMMTMROMUCM
R-0hR/W-1hR-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
15141312111098
CAMCTMFCPERPTMR30
R/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR-0h
76543210
R30SDEMDLPERR29LTEM
R-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3004 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_UNCORR_ERR_MASK Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-23R32R0hReserved
22UIEMR/W1hThis bit is set to mask the reporting of internal errors.
STICKY.
21R31R0hReserved
20UREMR/W0hThis bit is set to mask the reporting of unexpected requests received from the link.
STICKY.
19EEMR/W0hThis bit is set to mask the reporting of ECRC errors.
STICKY.
18MTMR/W0hThis bit is set to mask the reporting of malformed TLPs received from the link.
STICKY.
17ROMR/W0hThis bit is set to mask the reporting of violations of receive credit.
STICKY.
16UCMR/W0hThis bit is set to mask the reporting of unexpected Completions received by the
Controller.
STICKY.
15CAMR/W0hThis bit is set to mask the reporting of the Controller sending a Completer Abort.
STICKY.
14CTMR/W0hThis bit is set to mask the reporting of Completion Timeouts.
STICKY.
13FCPERR/W0hThis bit is set to mask the reporting of Flow Control Protocol Errors.
STICKY.
12PTMR/W0hThis bit is set to mask the reporting of a Poisoned TLP.
STICKY.
11-6R30R0hReserved
5SDESMR/W0hThis bit is set to mask the reporting of Surprise Down Error Status Mask.
STICKY.
This field is
applicable to RC only and not for EP as per PCIE-spec.
4DLPERR/W0hThis bit is set to mask the reporting of Data Link Protocol Errors.
STICKY.
3-1R29R0hReserved
0LTEMR/W0hThis bit is set to mask the reporting of Link Training Error Mask.
STICKY.
This field is applicable to RC only and not for EP as per PCIE-spec.

3.5.3.44 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_UNCORR_ERR_SEVERITY Register (Offset = 10Ch) [reset = 00462030h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_UNCORR_ERR_SEVERITY is shown in Figure 12-1532 and described in Table 12-3006.

Return to the Summary Table.

The setting of this register determines whether an uncorrectable error is reported as a
fatal error or non-fatal, that is, whether the FATAL_ERROR_OUT or NON_FATAL_ERROR_OUT output of
the Controller is activated. If a severity bit of this register is 0,the corresponding error is
reported by the Controller by asserting NON_FATAL_ERROR_OUT. Otherwise, it is reported by asserting
FATAL_ERROR_OUT.

Table 12-3005 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_UNCORR_ERR_SEVERITY Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 010Ch
Figure 12-1532 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_UNCORR_ERR_SEVERITY Register
3130292827262524
R37
R-0h
2322212019181716
R37UNCORR_INTRNL_ERR_SVRTYR36URESEESMTSROSUCS
R-0hR/W-1hR-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-1hR/W-1hR/W-0h
15141312111098
CASCTSFCPESPTSR35
R/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-1hR/W-0hR-0h
76543210
R35SDESDLPESR33LTES
R-0hR-1hR/W-1hR-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3006 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_UNCORR_ERR_SEVERITY Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-23R37R0hN/A
22UNCORR_INTRNL_ERR_SVRTYR/W1hSeverity of internal errors
[0 = Non-Fatal,
1 = Fatal].
21R36R0hReserved
20URESR/W0hSeverity of unexpected requests received from the link
[0 = Non-Fatal,
1 = Fatal].
STICKY.
19EESR/W0hSeverity of ECRC errors
[0 = Non-Fatal,
1 = Fatal].
STICKY.
18MTSR/W1hSeverity of malformed TLPs received from the link
[0 = Non-Fatal,
1 = Fatal].
STICKY.
17ROSR/W1hSeverity of receive credit violations
[0 = Non-Fatal,
1 = Fatal].
STICKY.
16UCSR/W0hSeverity of unexpected Completions received by the Controller
[0 = Non-Fatal,
1 = Fatal].
STICKY.
15CASR/W0hSeverity of sending a Completer Abort
[0 = Non-Fatal,
1 = Fatal].
STICKY.
14CTSR/W0hSeverity of Completion Timeouts
[0 = Non-Fatal,
1 = Fatal].
STICKY.
13FCPESR/W1hSeverity of a Flow Control Protocol Error
[0 = Non-Fatal,
1 = Fatal].
STICKY.
12PTSR/W0hSeverity of a Poisoned TLP error
[0 = Non-Fatal,
1 = Fatal].
STICKY.
11-6R35R0hN/A
5SDESR/W1hsurprise down error severity.
[0 = Non-Fatal, 1 = Fatal].
STICKY. This field is applicable to RC only and not for EP as per PCIE-spec.
4DLPESR/W1hSeverity of Data Link Protocol Errors
[0 = Non-Fatal,
1 = Fatal].
STICKY.
3-1R33R0hReserved
0LTESR/W0hSeverity of Link Training Error
[0 = Non-Fatal, 1 = Fatal].
STICKY. This field is applicable to RC only and not for EP as per PCIE-spec.

3.5.3.45 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_CORR_ERR_STATUS Register (Offset = 110h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_CORR_ERR_STATUS is shown in Figure 12-1533 and described in Table 12-3008.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register provides the status of the various correctable errors detected by the PCI
Express Controller. Software may clear any error bit by writing a 1 into the corresponding bit
position. The states of the bits in the Correctable Error Mask Register have no effect on the
status bits of this register. The setting of a correctable error status bit causes the Controller to
assert the CORRECTABLE_ERROR_OUT output if the error is not masked in the Correctable Error Mask
Register. Header logging of received TLPs does not apply to correctable errors.

Table 12-3007 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_CORR_ERR_STATUS Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0110h
Figure 12-1533 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_CORR_ERR_STATUS Register
3130292827262524
R39
R-0h
2322212019181716
R39
R-0h
15141312111098
HLOSCIESANESRTTSR38RNRS
R/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR-0hR/W1C-0h
76543210
BDSBTSR37RES
R/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR-0hR/W1C-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear Bit; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3008 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_CORR_ERR_STATUS Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16R39R0hReserved
15HLOSR/W1C0hThis bit is set on a Header Log Register overflow, that is, when the header could not
be logged in the Header Log Register because it is occupied by a previous header.
14CIESR/W1C0hThis bit is set when the Controller has detected an internal correctable error condition [a
correctable ECC error while reading from any of the RAMs].
This bit is also set in response to
the client signaling an internal error through the input CORRECTABLE_ERROR_IN.
13ANESR/W1C0hThis bit is set when an uncorrectable error occurs, which is determined to belong to
one of the special cases described in the PCI Express Base Specification 2.0.
This causes the
Controller to assert the CORRECTABLE_ERROR_OUT output in place of NON_FATAL_ERROR_OUT.
12RTTSR/W1C0hThis bit is set when the replay timer in the Data Link Layer of the Controller times out,
causing the Controller to re-transmit a TLP.
11-9R38R0hReserved
8RNRSR/W1C0hThis bit is set when the replay count rolls over after three re-transmissions of a TLP
at the Data Link Layer of the Controller.
7BDSR/W1C0hThis bit is set when an LCRC error is detected in a received DLLP, and no errors were
detected by the Physical Layer.
6BTSR/W1C0hThis bit is set when an error is detected in a received TLP by the Data Link Layer of
the Controller the conditions causing this error are [1] an LCRC error, [2] the packet terminates
with EDB symbol, but its LCRC field does not equal the inverted value of the calculated CRC.
5-1R37R0hReserved
0RESR/W1C0hThis bit is set when an error is detected in the receive side of the Physical Layer of
the Controller [e.g.
an 8b10b decode error].

3.5.3.46 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_CORR_ERR_MASK Register (Offset = 114h) [reset = E000h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_CORR_ERR_MASK is shown in Figure 12-1534 and described in Table 12-3010.

Return to the Summary Table.

The mask bits in this register control the reporting of correctable errors. For each
error type in the Correctable Error Status Register, there is a corresponding bit in this
register to mask its reporting. When a mask bit is set the occurrence of the error is not
reported (by asserting the CORRECTABLE_ERROR_OUT output).

Table 12-3009 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_CORR_ERR_MASK Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0114h
Figure 12-1534 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_CORR_ERR_MASK Register
3130292827262524
R42
R-0h
2322212019181716
R42
R-0h
15141312111098
HLOMCIEMANEMRTTMR41RNRM
R/W-1hR/W-1hR/W-1hR/W-0hR-0hR/W-0h
76543210
BDMBTMR40REM
R/W-0hR/W-0hR-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3010 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_CORR_ERR_MASK Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16R42R0hReserved
15HLOMR/W1hThis bit, when set, masks the reporting of an error in response to a Header Log
register overflow.
STICKY.
14CIEMR/W1hThis bit, when set, masks the reporting of an error in response to a corrected
internal error condition.
STICKY.
13ANEMR/W1hThis bit, when set, masks the reporting of an error in response to an uncorrectable
error occurence, which is determined to belong to one of the special cases in the PCI Express
Base Specification 2.0.
STICKY.
12RTTMR/W0hThis bit, when set, masks the reporting of an error in response to a Replay Timer
timeout event.
STICKY.
11-9R41R0hReserved
8RNRMR/W0hThis bit, when set, masks the reporting of an error in response to a Replay Number
Rollover event.
STICKY.
7BDMR/W0hThis bit, when set, masks the reporting of an error in response to a 'Bad DLLP'
received.
STICKY.
6BTMR/W0hThis bit,when set, masks the reporting of an error in response to a 'Bad TLP'
received.
STICKY.
5-1R40R0hReserved
0REMR/W0hThis bit, when set, masks the reporting of Physical Layer errors.
STICKY.

3.5.3.47 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ADV_ERR_CAP_CTL Register (Offset = 118h) [reset = A0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ADV_ERR_CAP_CTL is shown in Figure 12-1535 and described in Table 12-3012.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains a pointer to the first error that is reported in the
Uncorrectable Error Status Register, and bits to enable ECRC generation and checking.

Table 12-3011 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ADV_ERR_CAP_CTL Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0118h
Figure 12-1535 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ADV_ERR_CAP_CTL Register
3130292827262524
R43
R-0h
2322212019181716
R43
R-0h
15141312111098
R43TPLPMHREMHRCEEC
R-0hR-0hR-0hR-0hR/W-0h
76543210
ECCEEGEGCFEP
R-1hR/W-0hR-1hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3012 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ADV_ERR_CAP_CTL Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-12R43R0hReserved
11TPLPR0hIf Set and the First Error
Pointer is valid, indicates that the TLP Prefix Log
register contains valid information.
If Clear or if First
Error Pointer is invalid, the TLP Prefix Log register
is undefined.
Default value of this bit is 0.
This bit is RsvdP if the
End-End TLP Prefix Supported bit is CIf Set and the First Error
Pointer is valid, indicates that the TLP Prefix Log
register contains valid information.
If Clear or if First
Error Pointer is invalid, the TLP Prefix Log register
is undefined.
10MHRER0hSetting this bit enables the RC to log multiple error headers in its Header Log
Registers.
It is hardwired to 0.
9MHRCR0hThis bit is set when the RC has the capability to log more than one error header in
its Header Log Registers.
It is hardwired to 0.
8EECR/W0hSetting this bit enables ECRC checking on the receive side of the Controller.
This bit is
writable from the local management bus.
STICKY.
7ECCR1hThis read-only bit indicates to the software that the device is capable of checking
ECRC in packets received from the link.
6EEGR/W0hSetting this bit enables the ECRC generation on the transmit side of the Controller.
This
bit is writable from the local management bus.
STICKY.
5EGCR1hThis read-only bit indicates to the software that the device is capable of generating
ECRC in packets transmitted on the link.
4-0FEPR0hThis is a
5-bit pointer to the bit position in the Uncorrectable Error Status Register
corresponding to the error that was detected first.
When there are multiple bits set in the
Uncorrectable Error Status Register, this field informs the software which error was observed
first.
To prevent the field from being overwritten before the software is able to read it,
this field is not updated while the status bit it points to in the Uncorrectable Error Status
Register remains set.
After the software clears this status bit, a subsequent error condition
that sets any bit in the Uncorrectable Error Status Register will update the First Error
Pointer.
Any uncorrectable error type, including the special cases where the error is reported
using an ERR_COR message, will set the First Error Pointer [assuming the software has reset
the error pointed by it in the Uncorrectable Error Status Register].
STICKY.

3.5.3.48 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_0 Register (Offset = 11Ch) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_0 is shown in Figure 12-1536 and described in Table 12-3014.

Return to the Summary Table.

This is the first of a set of four registers used to capture the header of a TLP
received by the Controller from the link upon detection of an uncorrectable error. When multiple bits
are set in the Uncorrectable Error Status Register, the captured header corresponds the the
error that was detected first, that is, the error pointed by the First Error Pointer. To prevent
the captured header from being over-written before software is able to read it, this register is
not updated while the status bit pointed to by the First Error Pointer in the Uncorrectable Error
Status Register remains set. After the software clears this status bit, a subsequent error
condition that sets any bit in the Uncorrectable Error Status Register will also cause the
Header Log Registers to be updated. The doublewords of the TLP header are stored in the Header
Log Registers with their bytes transposed. That is, the byte containing the Type/Format fields
of the header is stored at bit positions 31:24 of the Header Log Register 0.

Table 12-3013 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_0 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 011Ch
Figure 12-1536 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_0 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
HD0
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3014 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_0 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0HD0R0hFirst Dword of captured TLP header.
STICKY.

3.5.3.49 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_1 Register (Offset = 120h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_1 is shown in Figure 12-1537 and described in Table 12-3016.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains the second Dword of the captured TLP header. The bytes are stored
in transposed order.

Table 12-3015 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_1 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0120h
Figure 12-1537 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_1 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
HD1
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3016 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_1 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0HD1R0hSecond Dword of captured TLP header.
STICKY.

3.5.3.50 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_2 Register (Offset = 124h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_2 is shown in Figure 12-1538 and described in Table 12-3018.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains the third Dword of the captured TLP header. The bytes are stored
in transposed order.

Table 12-3017 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_2 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0124h
Figure 12-1538 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_2 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
HD2
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3018 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_2 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0HD2R0hThird Dword of captured TLP header.
STICKY.

3.5.3.51 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_3 Register (Offset = 128h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_3 is shown in Figure 12-1539 and described in Table 12-3020.

Return to the Summary Table.

If the captured TLP header is 4 Dwords long, this register contains its fourth Dword. If
the captured header is a 3-Dword header, this register is unused. The bytes of the Dword are
stored in this register in transposed order.

Table 12-3019 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_3 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0128h
Figure 12-1539 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_3 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
HD3
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3020 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_HDR_LOG_3 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0HD3R0hFourth Dword of captured TLP header.
STICKY.

3.5.3.52 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_ERR_CMD Register (Offset = 12Ch) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_ERR_CMD is shown in Figure 12-1540 and described in Table 12-3022.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains bits that control how the RC responds to errors reported by
remote devices.

Table 12-3021 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_ERR_CMD Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 012Ch
Figure 12-1540 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_ERR_CMD Register
3130292827262524
R44
R-0h
2322212019181716
R44
R-0h
15141312111098
R44
R-0h
76543210
R44FERENFERECERE
R-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3022 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_ERR_CMD Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-3R44R0hReserved
2FERER/W0hIf this bit is set, the Controller will active its FATAL_ERROR_OUT output in response to an
error message received from the link.
1NFERER/W0hIf this bit is set, the Controller will active its NON_FATAL_ERROR_OUT output in response to
an error message received from the link.
0CERER/W0hIf this bit is set, the Controller will active its CORRECTABLE_ERROR_OUT output in response
to an error message received from the link.

3.5.3.53 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_ERR_STAT Register (Offset = 130h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_ERR_STAT is shown in Figure 12-1541 and described in Table 12-3024.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains status information on error messages received from the link (that
is, errors reported by remote devices attached to this Root Complex).

Table 12-3023 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_ERR_STAT Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0130h
Figure 12-1541 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_ERR_STAT Register
3130292827262524
R45
R-0h
2322212019181716
R45
R-0h
15141312111098
R45
R-0h
76543210
R45FEMRNEMRFUFMEFNREFNRMECRECR
R-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0hR/W1C-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear Bit; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3024 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ROOT_ERR_STAT Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-7R45R0hReserved
6FEMRR/W1C0hThis bit, when set, indicates that the RC has received one or more Fatal error
messages from the link.
STICKY
5NEMRR/W1C0hThis bit, when set, indicates that the RC has received one or more Non-Fatal error
messages from the link.
STICKY
4FUFR/W1C0hThis bit, when set, indicates that the first Uncorrectable error message received was
for a Fatal error.
STICKY
3MEFNRR/W1C0hThis bit is set when the RC receives either a Fatal or Non-Fatal error message from
the link, and the ERR_FATAL/NONFATAL Received bit is already set.
STICKY
2EFNRR/W1C0hThis bit is set when the RC receives either a Fatal or Non-Fatal error message from
the link.
STICKY
1MECRR/W1C0hThis bit is set when the RC receives a Correctable error message from the link, if the
ERR_COR received bit is already set.
STICKY
0ECRR/W1C0hThis bit is set when the RC receives a Correctable error message from the link.
STICKY

3.5.3.54 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ERR_SRC_ID Register (Offset = 134h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ERR_SRC_ID is shown in Figure 12-1542 and described in Table 12-3026.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register stores the Register IDs extracted from error messages received by the Root
Complex from the link.

Table 12-3025 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ERR_SRC_ID Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0134h
Figure 12-1542 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ERR_SRC_ID Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
EFNSIECSI
R-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3026 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_ERR_SRC_ID Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16EFNSIR0hThis field captures and stores the Requester ID from an ERR_FATAL or ERROR_NONFATAL
message received by the RC, if the ERR_FATAL or NONFATAL Received bit was not set at the time
the message was received.
STICKY
15-0ECSIR0hThis field captures and stores the Requester ID from an ERR_COR message received by
the RC, if the ERR_COR bit was not set at the time the message was received.
STICKY

3.5.3.55 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_TLP_PRE_LOG_0 Register (Offset = 138h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_TLP_PRE_LOG_0 is shown in Figure 12-1543 and described in Table 12-3028.

Return to the Summary Table.

First TLP Prefix (if present) associated with the TLP whose header is in the Header Log Register.
The bytes are in transposed order.

Table 12-3027 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_TLP_PRE_LOG_0 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0138h
Figure 12-1543 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_TLP_PRE_LOG_0 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
HD1
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3028 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_TLP_PRE_LOG_0 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0HD1R0hFirst TLP Prefix of captured TLP STICKY.

3.5.3.56 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DEV_SER_NUM_CAP_HDR Register (Offset = 150h) [reset = 30010003h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DEV_SER_NUM_CAP_HDR is shown in Figure 12-1544 and described in Table 12-3030.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains the PCI Express Extended Capability ID for Device Serial Number
Capability, the capability version, and the pointer to the next capability structure.

Table 12-3029 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DEV_SER_NUM_CAP_HDR Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0150h
Figure 12-1544 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DEV_SER_NUM_CAP_HDR Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
SNNCODSNCV
R-300hR-1h
1514131211109876543210
PECID
R-3h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3030 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DEV_SER_NUM_CAP_HDR Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-20SNNCOR300hIndicates offset to the next PCI Express capability structure.
The default next pointer value is dynamic and is dependent on whether the strap or LMI bits are set.
19-16DSNCVR1hSpecifies the SIG assigned value for the version of the capability structure.
This
field is set by default to 1, but can be modified from the local management bus by writing
into Function 0 from the local management bus.
15-0PECIDR3hThis field is hardwired to the Capability ID assigned by PCI SIG to the PCI Express
Device Serial Number Capability [0001 hex].

3.5.3.57 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DEV_SER_NUM_0 Register (Offset = 154h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DEV_SER_NUM_0 is shown in Figure 12-1545 and described in Table 12-3032.

Return to the Summary Table.

This read-only register stored the first 32 bits of the device's serial number.

Table 12-3031 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DEV_SER_NUM_0 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0154h
Figure 12-1545 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DEV_SER_NUM_0 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
DSND0
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3032 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DEV_SER_NUM_0 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0DSND0R0hThis field contains the first 32 bits of the device's serial number.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.

3.5.3.58 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DEV_SER_NUM_1 Register (Offset = 158h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DEV_SER_NUM_1 is shown in Figure 12-1546 and described in Table 12-3034.

Return to the Summary Table.

This read-only register stored the last 32 bits of the device's serial number.

Table 12-3033 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DEV_SER_NUM_1 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0158h
Figure 12-1546 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DEV_SER_NUM_1 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
DSND1
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3034 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DEV_SER_NUM_1 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0DSND1R0hThis field contains the last 32 bits of the device's serial number.
This field can be written from the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write.

3.5.3.59 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_SEC_PCIE_CAP_HDR_REG Register (Offset = 300h) [reset = 4C010019h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_SEC_PCIE_CAP_HDR_REG is shown in Figure 12-1547 and described in Table 12-3036.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains the PCI Express Extended Capability ID for the Secondary PCI
Express Extended Capability, its capability version, and the pointer to the next capability
structure. This register is implemented only in the configuration space of PF 0 or RC.

Table 12-3035 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_SEC_PCIE_CAP_HDR_REG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0300h
Figure 12-1547 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_SEC_PCIE_CAP_HDR_REG Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
NCOCVPECI
R-4C0hR-1hR-19h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3036 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_SEC_PCIE_CAP_HDR_REG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-20NCOR4C0hIndicates offset to the next PCI Express capability structure.
The default next pointer value is dynamic and is dependent on whether the strap or LMI bits are set.
19-16CVR1hSpecifies the SIG assigned value for the version of the capability structure.
This
field is set by default to 1 , but can be modified independently for each PF from [ the APB bus by setting
[21] bit high of the pcie_mgmt_APB_ADDR during a
local management register write] .
15-0PECIR19hThis field is hardwired to the Capability ID assigned by PCI SIG to the Secondary PCI
Express Capability

3.5.3.61 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LANE_ERROR_STATUS Register (Offset = 308h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LANE_ERROR_STATUS is shown in Figure 12-1549 and described in Table 12-3040.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains one bit per lane indicating the physical-layer error status of
the corresponding lane. A 1 indicates that a physical-layer error was detected by the Controller in
the corresponding lane. The error can be cleared by writing a 1 into the bit position, either
through a Configuration Write transaction from the link or from the local management
APB bus.

Table 12-3039 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LANE_ERROR_STATUS Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0308h
Figure 12-1549 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LANE_ERROR_STATUS Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
R0
R-0h
1514131211109876543210
R0LES
R-0hR/W1C-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear Bit; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3040 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LANE_ERROR_STATUS Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-4R0R0hN/A
3-0LESR/W1C0hEach of these bits indicates the error status for the corresponding lane.
STICKY.

3.5.3.62 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LANE_EQUALIZATION_CONTROL_0 Register (Offset = 30Ch) [reset = 7F7F7F7Fh]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LANE_EQUALIZATION_CONTROL_0 is shown in Figure 12-1550 and described in Table 12-3042.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains the 8.0GT/s Transmitter Preset and the Receiver Preset Hint values for
lanes 0 and 1, for use during the Link Equalization procedure.

Table 12-3041 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LANE_EQUALIZATION_CONTROL_0 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 030Ch
Figure 12-1550 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LANE_EQUALIZATION_CONTROL_0 Register
3130292827262524
R3UPRPH1UPTP1
R-0hR-7hR-Fh
2322212019181716
R2_1DNRPH1DNTP1
R-0hR-7hR-Fh
15141312111098
R1UPRPH0UPTP0
R-0hR-7hR-Fh
76543210
R0_1DNRPH0DNTP0
R-0hR-7hR-Fh
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3042 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LANE_EQUALIZATION_CONTROL_0 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31R3R0hReserved
30-28UPRPH1R7h8.0GT/s Value sent by the Controller as the Receiver Preset Hint for the remote receiver associated with Lane 1.
The remote node may use this value to adapt its receiver at the start of the link equalization procedure.
27-24UPTP1RFh8.0GT/s Value sent by the Controller as the Transmitter Preset for the remote transmitter associated with Lane 1.
The remote node uses this value to set up its transmitter at the start of the link equalization procedure.
23R2_1R0hReserved
22-20DNRPH1R7h8.0GT/s Receiver Preset Hint value to be used for the local receiver associated with Lane 1.
The Controller uses this value to set up the receiver attached to Lane 1
19-16DNTP1RFh8.0GT/s Transmitter Preset value to be used for the local transmitter associated with Lane 1.
The Controller uses this value to set up the Lane 1 transmitter during link equalization.
15R1R0hReserved
14-12UPRPH0R7h8.0GT/s Value sent by the Controller as the Receiver Preset Hint for the remote receiver associated with Lane 0.
The remote node may use this value to adapt its receiver at the start of the link equalization procedure.
11-8UPTP0RFh8.0GT/s Value sent by the Controller as the Transmitter Preset for the remote transmitter associated with Lane 0.
The remote node uses this value to set up its transmitter at the start of the link equalization procedure.
7R0_1R0hReserved
6-4DNRPH0R7h8.0GT/s Receiver Preset Hint value to be used for the local receiver associated with Lane 0.
The Controller uses this value to set up the receiver attached to Lane 0
3-0DNTP0RFh8.0GT/s Transmitter Preset value to be used for the local transmitter associated with Lane 0.
The Controller uses this value to set up the Lane 0 transmitter during link equalization.

3.5.3.63 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LANE_EQUALIZATION_CONTROL_1 Register (Offset = 310h) [reset = 7F7F7F7Fh]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LANE_EQUALIZATION_CONTROL_1 is shown in Figure 12-1551 and described in Table 12-3044.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains the 8.0GT/s Transmitter Preset and the Receiver Preset Hint values for
lanes 2 and 3, for use during the Link Equalization procedure.

Table 12-3043 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LANE_EQUALIZATION_CONTROL_1 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0310h
Figure 12-1551 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LANE_EQUALIZATION_CONTROL_1 Register
3130292827262524
R3UPRPH1UPTP1
R-0hR-7hR-Fh
2322212019181716
R2_1DNRPH1DNTP1
R-0hR-7hR-Fh
15141312111098
R1UPRPH0UPTP0
R-0hR-7hR-Fh
76543210
R0_1DNRPH0DNTP0
R-0hR-7hR-Fh
Table 12-3044 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_LANE_EQUALIZATION_CONTROL_1 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31R3R0hReserved
30-28UPRPH1R7h8.0GT/s Value sent by the Controller as the Receiver Preset Hint for the remote receiver associated with Lane 3.
The remote node may use this value to adapt its receiver at the start of the link equalization procedure.
27-24UPTP1RFh8.0GT/s Value sent by the Controller as the Transmitter Preset for the remote transmitter associated with Lane 3.
The remote node uses this value to set up its transmitter at the start of the link equalization procedure.
23R2_1R0hReserved
22-20DNRPH1R7h8.0GT/s Receiver Preset Hint value to be used for the local receiver associated with Lane 3.
The Controller uses this value to set up the receiver attached to Lane 3
19-16DNTP1RFh8.0GT/s Transmitter Preset value to be used for the local transmitter associated with Lane 3.
The Controller uses this value to set up the Lane 3 transmitter during link equalization.
15R1R0hReserved
14-12UPRPH0R7h8.0GT/s Value sent by the Controller as the Receiver Preset Hint for the remote receiver associated with Lane 2.
The remote node may use this value to adapt its receiver at the start of the link equalization procedure.
11-8UPTP0RFh8.0GT/s Value sent by the Controller as the Transmitter Preset for the remote transmitter associated with Lane 2.
The remote node uses this value to set up its transmitter at the start of the link equalization procedure.
7R0_1R0hReserved
6-4DNRPH0R7h8.0GT/s Receiver Preset Hint value to be used for the local receiver associated with Lane 2.
The Controller uses this value to set up the receiver attached to Lane 2
3-0DNTP0RFh8.0GT/s Transmitter Preset value to be used for the local transmitter associated with Lane 2.
The Controller uses this value to set up the Lane 2 transmitter during link equalization.

3.5.3.64 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_ENH_CAP_HEADER_REG Register (Offset = 4C0h) [reset = 5C010002h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_ENH_CAP_HEADER_REG is shown in Figure 12-1552 and described in Table 12-3046.

Return to the Summary Table.

This is the first register in the Virtual Channel Capability Structure. The VC Capability is present only in
the configuration space of Physical Function 0. This register contains the PCI Express Extended
Capability ID, the capability version, and the pointer to the next capability structure.

Table 12-3045 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_ENH_CAP_HEADER_REG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 04C0h
Figure 12-1552 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_ENH_CAP_HEADER_REG Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
NCOCVPECID
R-5C0hR-1hR-2h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3046 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_ENH_CAP_HEADER_REG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-20NCOR5C0hIndicates offset to the next PCI Express capability structure.
The default next pointer value is dynamic and is dependent on whether the strap or LMI bits are set.
19-16CVR1hSpecifies the SIG assigned value for the version of the capability structure.
This
field is set by default to 1, but can be modified independently for each PF from the local
management bus.
15-0PECIDR2hThis field is hardwired to the Capability ID assigned by PCI SIG to the VC
Capability.

3.5.3.65 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PORT_VC_CAP_REG_1 Register (Offset = 4C4h) [reset = X]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PORT_VC_CAP_REG_1 is shown in Figure 12-1553 and described in Table 12-3048.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register has fields that describe the capabilities of the device with respect to the virtual channels.

Table 12-3047 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PORT_VC_CAP_REG_1 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 04C4h
Figure 12-1553 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PORT_VC_CAP_REG_1 Register
3130292827262524
R0
R-0h
2322212019181716
R0
R-0h
15141312111098
R0
R-0h
76543210
R0RESERVEDEVC
R-0hR-XR-3h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3048 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PORT_VC_CAP_REG_1 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-4R0R0hN/A
3RESERVEDRX
2-0EVCR3hN/A

3.5.3.66 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PORT_VC_CAP_REG_2 Register (Offset = 4C8h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PORT_VC_CAP_REG_2 is shown in Figure 12-1554 and described in Table 12-3050.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register has fields that describe the capabilities of the device with respect to the virtual channels.
This register is not implemented. A read from this location returns all zeroes.

Table 12-3049 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PORT_VC_CAP_REG_2 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 04C8h
Figure 12-1554 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PORT_VC_CAP_REG_2 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
R1
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3050 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PORT_VC_CAP_REG_2 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0R1R0hN/A

3.5.3.67 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PORT_VC_CTRL_STS_REG Register (Offset = 4CCh) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PORT_VC_CTRL_STS_REG is shown in Figure 12-1555 and described in Table 12-3052.

Return to the Summary Table.

This location contains the 16-bit VC Control Register and the 16-bit VC Status Register. These registers
are not implemented. A read from this location returns all zeroes.

Table 12-3051 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PORT_VC_CTRL_STS_REG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 04CCh
Figure 12-1555 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PORT_VC_CTRL_STS_REG Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
R2
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3052 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PORT_VC_CTRL_STS_REG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0R2R0hN/A

3.5.3.68 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_0 Register (Offset = 4D0h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_0 is shown in Figure 12-1556 and described in Table 12-3054.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register describes the capabilities associated with VC 0.

Table 12-3053 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_0 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 04D0h
Figure 12-1556 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_0 Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
R3
R-0h
1514131211109876543210
RSTR1
R-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3054 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_0 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16R3R0hN/A
15RSTR0hN/A
14-0R1R0hN/A

3.5.3.69 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_0 Register (Offset = 4D4h) [reset = X]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_0 is shown in Figure 12-1557 and described in Table 12-3056.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains bits to configure VC 0.

Table 12-3055 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_0 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 04D4h
Figure 12-1557 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_0 Register
3130292827262524
VCENR6VCI
R-1hR-0hR-0h
2322212019181716
R5PARSLPAT
R-0hR-0hR-0h
15141312111098
RESERVED
R/W-X
76543210
TVMTVM0
R/W-7FhR-1h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3056 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_0 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31VCENR1hSoftware uses this bit to enable the VC.
For VC0 this bit is hardwired to 1.
30-27R6R0hN/A
26-24VCIR0hVC ID assigned to VC0.
For the VC0, this field is read-only and it is hardwired to 00b.
For non VC0 case, it is allowed to use any VC-ID.
This VC-ID has to be unique across all VCs.
This must not be same as VC0's ID[VC0 ID=0].
23-20R5R0hN/A
19-17PARSR0hConfigures the VC to use a specific port arbitration scheme.
This field is not implemented, and hardwired
to 0.
16LPATR0hUpdates the port arbitration logic from the Port Arbitration Table for VC 0.
This bit is not implemented,
and hardwired to 0.
15-8RESERVEDR/WX
7-1TVMR/W7FhIndicates the TCs that are mapped to this VC.
When bit 0 of this field is set, it indicates that TC 0 is
mapped to VC 0.By default, all TCs are mapped to VC 0.
0TVM0R1hIndicates the TC0 always mapped to VC0.

3.5.3.70 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_0 Register (Offset = 4D8h) [reset = X]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_0 is shown in Figure 12-1558 and described in Table 12-3058.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains status bits associated with VC 0.

Table 12-3057 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_0 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 04D8h
Figure 12-1558 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_0 Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-X
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R-X
15141312111098
RESERVED
R-X
76543210
RESERVEDVCNPPATS
R-XR-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3058 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_0 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-2RESERVEDRX
1VCNPR0hThis indicates whether the Virtual Channel negotiation is in pending state.
The value of this bit is defined
only when the link is in the DL_Active state and Virtual Channel is enabled.

When this bit is set by hardware, it indicates that the VC resource has not completed the process of negotiation.
This
bit is cleared by hardware after the VC negotiation is complete.
0PATSR0hThis is not implemented and hardwired to 0.

3.5.3.71 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_1 Register (Offset = 4DCh) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_1 is shown in Figure 12-1559 and described in Table 12-3060.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register describes the capabilities associated with VC 1.

Table 12-3059 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_1 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 04DCh
Figure 12-1559 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_1 Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
R3
R-0h
1514131211109876543210
RSTR1
R-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3060 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_1 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16R3R0hN/A
15RSTR0hN/A
14-0R1R0hN/A

3.5.3.72 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_1 Register (Offset = 4E0h) [reset = X]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_1 is shown in Figure 12-1560 and described in Table 12-3062.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains bits to configure VC 1.

Table 12-3061 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_1 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 04E0h
Figure 12-1560 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_1 Register
3130292827262524
VCENR6VCI
R/W-0hR-0hR/W-1h
2322212019181716
R5PARSLPAT
R-0hR-0hR-0h
15141312111098
RESERVED
R/W-X
76543210
TVMTVM0
R/W-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3062 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_1 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31VCENR/W0hSoftware uses this bit to enable the VC.
For VC0 this bit is hardwired to 1.
30-27R6R0hN/A
26-24VCIR/W1hVC ID assigned to VC1.
For the VC0, this field is read-only and it is hardwired to 00b.
For non VC0 case, it is allowed to use any VC-ID.
This VC-ID has to be unique across all VCs.
This must not be same as VC0's ID[VC0 ID=0].
23-20R5R0hN/A
19-17PARSR0hConfigures the VC to use a specific port arbitration scheme.
This field is not implemented, and hardwired
to 0.
16LPATR0hUpdates the port arbitration logic from the Port Arbitration Table for VC 1.
This bit is not implemented,
and hardwired to 0.
15-8RESERVEDR/WX
7-1TVMR/W0hIndicates the TCs that are mapped to this VC.
When bit 1 of this field is set, it indicates that TC 1 is
mapped to VC 1.By default, all TCs are mapped to VC 0.
0TVM0R0hIndicates the TC0 always mapped to VC0.

3.5.3.73 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_1 Register (Offset = 4E4h) [reset = X]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_1 is shown in Figure 12-1561 and described in Table 12-3064.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains status bits associated with VC 1.

Table 12-3063 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_1 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 04E4h
Figure 12-1561 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_1 Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-X
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R-X
15141312111098
RESERVED
R-X
76543210
RESERVEDVCNPPATS
R-XR-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3064 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_1 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-2RESERVEDRX
1VCNPR0hThis indicates whether the Virtual Channel negotiation is in pending state.
The value of this bit is defined
only when the link is in the DL_Active state and Virtual Channel is enabled.

When this bit is set by hardware, it indicates that the VC resource has not completed the process of negotiation.
This
bit is cleared by hardware after the VC negotiation is complete.
0PATSR0hThis is not implemented and hardwired to 0.

3.5.3.74 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_2 Register (Offset = 4E8h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_2 is shown in Figure 12-1562 and described in Table 12-3066.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register describes the capabilities associated with VC 2.

Table 12-3065 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_2 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 04E8h
Figure 12-1562 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_2 Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
R3
R-0h
1514131211109876543210
RSTR1
R-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3066 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_2 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16R3R0hN/A
15RSTR0hN/A
14-0R1R0hN/A

3.5.3.75 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_2 Register (Offset = 4ECh) [reset = X]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_2 is shown in Figure 12-1563 and described in Table 12-3068.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains bits to configure VC 2.

Table 12-3067 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_2 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 04ECh
Figure 12-1563 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_2 Register
3130292827262524
VCENR6VCI
R/W-0hR-0hR/W-2h
2322212019181716
R5PARSLPAT
R-0hR-0hR-0h
15141312111098
RESERVED
R/W-X
76543210
TVMTVM0
R/W-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3068 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_2 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31VCENR/W0hSoftware uses this bit to enable the VC.
For VC0 this bit is hardwired to 1.
30-27R6R0hN/A
26-24VCIR/W2hVC ID assigned to VC2.
For the VC0, this field is read-only and it is hardwired to 00b.
For non VC0 case, it is allowed to use any VC-ID.
This VC-ID has to be unique across all VCs.
This must not be same as VC0's ID[VC0 ID=0].
23-20R5R0hN/A
19-17PARSR0hConfigures the VC to use a specific port arbitration scheme.
This field is not implemented, and hardwired
to 0.
16LPATR0hUpdates the port arbitration logic from the Port Arbitration Table for VC 2.
This bit is not implemented,
and hardwired to 0.
15-8RESERVEDR/WX
7-1TVMR/W0hIndicates the TCs that are mapped to this VC.
When bit 2 of this field is set, it indicates that TC 2 is
mapped to VC 2.By default, all TCs are mapped to VC 0.
0TVM0R0hIndicates the TC0 always mapped to VC0.

3.5.3.76 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_2 Register (Offset = 4F0h) [reset = X]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_2 is shown in Figure 12-1564 and described in Table 12-3070.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains status bits associated with VC 2.

Table 12-3069 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_2 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 04F0h
Figure 12-1564 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_2 Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-X
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R-X
15141312111098
RESERVED
R-X
76543210
RESERVEDVCNPPATS
R-XR-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3070 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_2 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-2RESERVEDRX
1VCNPR0hThis indicates whether the Virtual Channel negotiation is in pending state.
The value of this bit is defined
only when the link is in the DL_Active state and Virtual Channel is enabled.

When this bit is set by hardware, it indicates that the VC resource has not completed the process of negotiation.
This
bit is cleared by hardware after the VC negotiation is complete.
0PATSR0hThis is not implemented and hardwired to 0.

3.5.3.77 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_3 Register (Offset = 4F4h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_3 is shown in Figure 12-1565 and described in Table 12-3072.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register describes the capabilities associated with VC 3.

Table 12-3071 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_3 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 04F4h
Figure 12-1565 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_3 Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
R3
R-0h
1514131211109876543210
RSTR1
R-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3072 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CAP_REG_3 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16R3R0hN/A
15RSTR0hN/A
14-0R1R0hN/A

3.5.3.78 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_3 Register (Offset = 4F8h) [reset = X]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_3 is shown in Figure 12-1566 and described in Table 12-3074.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains bits to configure VC 3.

Table 12-3073 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_3 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 04F8h
Figure 12-1566 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_3 Register
3130292827262524
VCENR6VCI
R/W-0hR-0hR/W-3h
2322212019181716
R5PARSLPAT
R-0hR-0hR-0h
15141312111098
RESERVED
R/W-X
76543210
TVMTVM0
R/W-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3074 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_CTRL_REG_3 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31VCENR/W0hSoftware uses this bit to enable the VC.
For VC0 this bit is hardwired to 1.
30-27R6R0hN/A
26-24VCIR/W3hVC ID assigned to VC3.
For the VC0, this field is read-only and it is hardwired to 00b.
For non VC0 case, it is allowed to use any VC-ID.
This VC-ID has to be unique across all VCs.
This must not be same as VC0's ID[VC0 ID=0].
23-20R5R0hN/A
19-17PARSR0hConfigures the VC to use a specific port arbitration scheme.
This field is not implemented, and hardwired
to 0.
16LPATR0hUpdates the port arbitration logic from the Port Arbitration Table for VC 3.
This bit is not implemented,
and hardwired to 0.
15-8RESERVEDR/WX
7-1TVMR/W0hIndicates the TCs that are mapped to this VC.
When bit 3 of this field is set, it indicates that TC 3 is
mapped to VC 3.By default, all TCs are mapped to VC 0.
0TVM0R0hIndicates the TC0 always mapped to VC0.

3.5.3.79 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_3 Register (Offset = 4FCh) [reset = X]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_3 is shown in Figure 12-1567 and described in Table 12-3076.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains status bits associated with VC 3.

Table 12-3075 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_3 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 04FCh
Figure 12-1567 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_3 Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-X
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R-X
15141312111098
RESERVED
R-X
76543210
RESERVEDVCNPPATS
R-XR-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3076 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_VC_RES_STS_REG_3 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-2RESERVEDRX
1VCNPR0hThis indicates whether the Virtual Channel negotiation is in pending state.
The value of this bit is defined
only when the link is in the DL_Active state and Virtual Channel is enabled.

When this bit is set by hardware, it indicates that the VC resource has not completed the process of negotiation.
This
bit is cleared by hardware after the VC negotiation is complete.
0PATSR0hThis is not implemented and hardwired to 0.

3.5.3.80 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_EXT_CAP_HDR Register (Offset = 900h) [reset = 9101001Eh]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_EXT_CAP_HDR is shown in Figure 12-1568 and described in Table 12-3078.

Return to the Summary Table.

L1 PM Substates Extended Capability Header Register.

Table 12-3077 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_EXT_CAP_HDR Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0900h
Figure 12-1568 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_EXT_CAP_HDR Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
NCOCVPECID
R-910hR-1hR-1Eh
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3078 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_EXT_CAP_HDR Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-20NCOR910hIndicates offset to the next PCI Express capability structure.
The default next pointer value is dynamic and is dependent on whether the strap or LMI bits are set.
19-16CVR1hSpecifies the SIG assigned value for the version of the capability structure.
This
field is set by default to 1, but can be modified from the local management bus.
15-0PECIDR1EhThis field is hardwired to the Capability ID assigned by PCI SIG to the L1 PM Substates Extended
Capability Structure [001E hex].

3.5.3.81 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_CAP Register (Offset = 904h) [reset = X]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_CAP is shown in Figure 12-1569 and described in Table 12-3080.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register advertises the L1 PM Substates Capabilities.

Table 12-3079 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_CAP Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0904h
Figure 12-1569 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_CAP Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-X
2322212019181716
R0RESERVEDL1PRTPVRONSCALE
R-DhR-XR-0h
15141312111098
L1PRTCMMDRESTRTIME
R-FFh
76543210
RESERVEDL1PMSUPPL1ASPML11SUPPL1ASPML12SUPPL1PML11SUPPL1PML12SUPP
R-XR-1hR-1hR-1hR-1hR-1h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3080 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_CAP Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-24RESERVEDRX
23-19R0RDhAlong with the Port T_POWER_ON Scale field in the L1 PM Substates Capabilities register sets the time [in us] that this Port requires the port
on the opposite side of Link to wait in L1.2.Exit after sampling CLKREQ# asserted before actively driving the interface.
The value of Port T_POWER_ON is calculated by multiplying the value in this field by the scale value in the Port T_POWER_ON Scale field in the L1 PM Substates Capabilities register.
T Power On is the minimum amount of time that each component must wait in L1.2.Exit after sampling CLKREQ# asserted before actively driving the interface.
This is to ensure no device is ever actively driving into an unpowered component.
18RESERVEDRX
17-16L1PRTPVRONSCALER0hSpecifies the scale used for the Port T_POWER_ON Value field in the L1 PM Substates Capabilities register.
Range of Values
00b = 2us
01b = 10us
10b = 100us
11b = Reserved
Default value is 00.
15-8L1PRTCMMDRESTRTIMERFFhTime [in us] required for this Port to re-establish common mode during exit from PM or ASPM L1.2 substate.
7-5RESERVEDRX
4L1PMSUPPR1hWhen Set this bit indicates that this Port supports L1 PM Substates.
3L1ASPML11SUPPR1hWhen Set this bit indicates that ASPM L1.1 is supported.
2L1ASPML12SUPPR1hWhen Set this bit indicates that ASPM L1.2 is supported.
1L1PML11SUPPR1hWhen Set this bit indicates that PCI-PM L1.1 is supported.
0L1PML12SUPPR1hWhen Set this bit indicates that PCI-PM L1.2 is supported.

3.5.3.82 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_CTRL_1 Register (Offset = 908h) [reset = X]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_CTRL_1 is shown in Figure 12-1570 and described in Table 12-3082.

Return to the Summary Table.

L1 PM Substates Control 1 Register

Table 12-3081 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_CTRL_1 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0908h
Figure 12-1570 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_CTRL_1 Register
3130292827262524
L1THRSHLDSCRESERVEDL1THRSHLDVAL
R/W-0hR/W-XR/W-0h
2322212019181716
L1THRSHLDVAL
R/W-0h
15141312111098
L1CMMDRESTRTIME
R/W-0h
76543210
RESERVEDL1ASPML11ENL1ASPML12ENL1PML11ENL1PML12EN
R/W-XR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3082 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_CTRL_1 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-29L1THRSHLDSCR/W0hThis field provides a scale for the value contained within the LTR_L1.2_THRESHOLD_Value.

000 - Value times 1 ns

001 - Value times 32 ns

010 - Value times 1024 ns

011 - Value times 32,768 ns

100 - Value times 1,048,576 ns

101 - Value times 33,554,422ns

110-
111 - Not permitted
28-26RESERVEDR/WX
25-16L1THRSHLDVALR/W0hAlong with the LTR_L1.2_THRESHOLD_Scale, this field indicates the LTR threshold used to determine if entry into L1 results in L1.1 [if enabled] or L1.2 [if enabled].
15-8L1CMMDRESTRTIMER/W0hSets value of TCOMMONMODE [in us], which must be used by the Downstream Port for timing the re-establishment of common mode.
This field must only be modified when the ASPM L1.2 Enable and PCI-PM L1.2 Enable bits are both Clear.
This field is reserved since both PCI-PM L1.2 and ASPM L1.2 are Not Supported in this configuration of the Controller.
7-4RESERVEDR/WX
3L1ASPML11ENR/W0hWhen Set this bit enables ASPM L1.1.
2L1ASPML12ENR/W0hWhen Set this bit enables ASPM L1.2.
1L1PML11ENR/W0hWhen Set this bit enables PCI-PM L1.1.
0L1PML12ENR/W0hWhen Set this bit enables PCI-PM L1.2.

3.5.3.83 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_CTRL_2 Register (Offset = 90Ch) [reset = X]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_CTRL_2 is shown in Figure 12-1571 and described in Table 12-3084.

Return to the Summary Table.

L1 PM Substates Control 2 Register

Table 12-3083 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_CTRL_2 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 090Ch
Figure 12-1571 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_CTRL_2 Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R/W-X
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R/W-X
15141312111098
RESERVED
R/W-X
76543210
L1PWRONVALRESERVEDL1PWRONSC
R/W-5hR/W-XR/W-0h
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3084 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_L1_PM_CTRL_2 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-8RESERVEDR/WX
7-3L1PWRONVALR/W5hAlong with the T_POWER_ON Scale sets the minimum amount of time [in us] that the Port must wait in L1.2.Exit after sampling CLKREQ# asserted before actively driving the interface.
T_POWER_ON is calculated by multiplying the value in this field by the value in the T_POWER_ON Scale field.
2RESERVEDR/WX
1-0L1PWRONSCR/W0hSpecifies the scale used for T_POWER_ON Value.
Range of Values
00b = 2us
01b = 10us
10b = 100us
11b = Reserved

3.5.3.84 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DL_FEATURE_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG Register (Offset = 910h) [reset = 92010025h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DL_FEATURE_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG is shown in Figure 12-1572 and described in Table 12-3086.

Return to the Summary Table.

Data Link Feature Extended Capability Structure is used to configure the DL Feature mechanism.

Table 12-3085 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DL_FEATURE_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0910h
Figure 12-1572 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DL_FEATURE_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
DLFNXCAPDLFCAPVER
R-920hR-1h
1514131211109876543210
DLFCAPID
R-25h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3086 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DL_FEATURE_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-20DLFNXCAPR920hThe offset to the next PCI Extended Capability structure.
19-16DLFCAPVERR1hThis field is a PCI-SIG defined version number that indicates
the version of the Capability structure present.
15-0DLFCAPIDR25hIndicates that the associated extended capability structure is the DL Feature
Extended Capability.
This field returns a Capability ID of 0025h.

3.5.3.85 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DL_FEATURE_CAPABILITIES_REG Register (Offset = 914h) [reset = 80000001h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DL_FEATURE_CAPABILITIES_REG is shown in Figure 12-1573 and described in Table 12-3088.

Return to the Summary Table.

Data Link Feature Capabilities Register..

Table 12-3087 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DL_FEATURE_CAPABILITIES_REG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0914h
Figure 12-1573 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DL_FEATURE_CAPABILITIES_REG Register
3130292827262524
DLFEXENR0
R-1hR-0h
2322212019181716
R0
R-0h
15141312111098
R0
R-0h
76543210
R0DLFCAPVER
R-0hR-1h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3088 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DL_FEATURE_CAPABILITIES_REG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31DLFEXENR1hIf Set, this bit indicates that this Port will enter the DL_Feature
negotiation state prior to Link Initialization.
30-1R0R0hReserved
0DLFCAPVERR1hThis bit indicates that this Port supports the Scaled Flow
Control Feature.

3.5.3.86 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DL_FEATURE_STATUS_REG Register (Offset = 918h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DL_FEATURE_STATUS_REG is shown in Figure 12-1574 and described in Table 12-3090.

Return to the Summary Table.

Data Link Feature Status Register..

Table 12-3089 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DL_FEATURE_STATUS_REG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0918h
Figure 12-1574 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DL_FEATURE_STATUS_REG Register
3130292827262524
RDLFSVALR1
R-0hR-0h
2322212019181716
R23R0
R-0hR-0h
15141312111098
R0
R-0h
76543210
R0RSFSUP
R-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3090 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_DL_FEATURE_STATUS_REG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31RDLFSVALR0hThis bit indicates that the Port has received a Data Link Feature
DLLP in state DL_Feature [see Section 3.2.1] and that the
Remote Data Link Feature Supported and Remote Data Link Feature Ack fields are meaningful.
This bit is Cleared on entry to state DL_Inactive.
Default is 0b.
30-24R1R0hReserved
23R23R0hReserved
22-1R0R0hReserved
0RSFSUPR0hThis bit indicates that the Remote end Device supports the Scaled Flow
Control Feature.

3.5.3.87 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG Register (Offset = 920h) [reset = 9C010027h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG is shown in Figure 12-1575 and described in Table 12-3092.

Return to the Summary Table.

Margining Extended Capability Structure is used to configure the device for Receiver Margining.

Table 12-3091 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0920h
Figure 12-1575 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
MARNXCAPMARCAPVER
R-9C0hR-1h
1514131211109876543210
MARCAPID
R-27h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3092 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-20MARNXCAPR9C0hThe offset to the next PCI Extended Capability structure.
19-16MARCAPVERR1hThis field is a PCI-SIG defined version number that indicates
the version of the Capability structure present.
15-0MARCAPIDR27hIndicates that the associated extended capability structure is the Margining
Extended Capability.
This field returns a Capability ID of 0027h.

3.5.3.88 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_PORT_CAPABILITIES_STATUS_REG Register (Offset = 924h) [reset = 1h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_PORT_CAPABILITIES_STATUS_REG is shown in Figure 12-1576 and described in Table 12-3094.

Return to the Summary Table.

Margining Port Capabilities and Status Register.

Table 12-3093 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_PORT_CAPABILITIES_STATUS_REG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0924h
Figure 12-1576 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_PORT_CAPABILITIES_STATUS_REG Register
3130292827262524
R1
R-0h
2322212019181716
R1MSRDYMRDY
R-0hR-0hR-0h
15141312111098
R0
R-0h
76543210
R0MARUDS
R-0hR-1h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3094 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_PORT_CAPABILITIES_STATUS_REG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-18R1R0hReserved
17MSRDYR0hWhen Margining uses Driver Software is Set, then this bit, when Set, indicates that the required software has performed the required initialization.
The value of this bit is Undefined if Margining users Driver Software is Clear.
The Controller implementation sets the default value of this bit to 0.
The
driver software must initialize the Rx Margining parameters in the Local Management Lane Margining
Registers and then program this bit to 1.
16MRDYR0hIndicates when the Margining feature is ready to accept margining commands.
If the Margining uses Driver Software bit is 1, then the Controller sets this status bit when the Margining Software Ready bit is set and the Link is in Gen4 L0 state.
If the Margining uses Driver Software bit is 0, then the Controller sets this status bit when the Link is in Gen4 L0 state.
15-1R0R0hReserved
0MARUDSR1hIf Set, indicates that Margining is partially implemented using Device Driver software.
Margining Software Ready indicates when this software is initialized.
If Clear, Margining does not require device driver software.
The Controller implementation requires driver software to initialize the Rx Margining
parameter values in Local Management Registers for Lane Margining.
Hence, the default value of this bit is set to 1.

3.5.3.89 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG0 Register (Offset = 928h) [reset = 9C38h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG0 is shown in Figure 12-1577 and described in Table 12-3096.

Return to the Summary Table.

Margining Lane Control and Status Register for Lane 0.

Table 12-3095 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG0 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0928h
Figure 12-1577 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG0 Register
3130292827262524
MPSTS
R-0h
2322212019181716
R1UMSTSMTSTSRNSTS
R-0hR-0hR-0hR-0h
15141312111098
MRGPAY
R/W-9Ch
76543210
R0USGMODMRGTYPRCVNUM
R-0hR/W-0hR/W-7hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3096 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG0 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-24MPSTSR0hMargin Payload Status for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
23R1R0hReserved
22UMSTSR0hUsage Model Status for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
21-19MTSTSR0hMargin Type Status for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
18-16RNSTSR0hReceiver Number Status for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
15-8MRGPAYR/W9ChMargin Payload for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
7R0R0hReserved
6USGMODR/W0hUsage Model for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
5-3MRGTYPR/W7hMargin Type for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
2-0RCVNUMR/W0hReceiver Number for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.

3.5.3.90 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG1 Register (Offset = 92Ch) [reset = 9C38h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG1 is shown in Figure 12-1578 and described in Table 12-3098.

Return to the Summary Table.

Margining Lane Control and Status Register for Lane 1.

Table 12-3097 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG1 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 092Ch
Figure 12-1578 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG1 Register
3130292827262524
MPSTS
R-0h
2322212019181716
R1UMSTSMTSTSRNSTS
R-0hR-0hR-0hR-0h
15141312111098
MRGPAY
R/W-9Ch
76543210
R0USGMODMRGTYPRCVNUM
R-0hR/W-0hR/W-7hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3098 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG1 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-24MPSTSR0hMargin Payload Status for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
23R1R0hReserved
22UMSTSR0hUsage Model Status for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
21-19MTSTSR0hMargin Type Status for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
18-16RNSTSR0hReceiver Number Status for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
15-8MRGPAYR/W9ChMargin Payload for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
7R0R0hReserved
6USGMODR/W0hUsage Model for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
5-3MRGTYPR/W7hMargin Type for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
2-0RCVNUMR/W0hReceiver Number for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.

3.5.3.91 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG2 Register (Offset = 930h) [reset = 9C38h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG2 is shown in Figure 12-1579 and described in Table 12-3100.

Return to the Summary Table.

Margining Lane Control and Status Register for Lane 2.

Table 12-3099 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG2 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0930h
Figure 12-1579 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG2 Register
3130292827262524
MPSTS
R-0h
2322212019181716
R1UMSTSMTSTSRNSTS
R-0hR-0hR-0hR-0h
15141312111098
MRGPAY
R/W-9Ch
76543210
R0USGMODMRGTYPRCVNUM
R-0hR/W-0hR/W-7hR/W-0h
Table 12-3100 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG2 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-24MPSTSR0hMargin Payload Status for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
23R1R0hReserved
22UMSTSR0hUsage Model Status for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
21-19MTSTSR0hMargin Type Status for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
18-16RNSTSR0hReceiver Number Status for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
15-8MRGPAYR/W9ChMargin Payload for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
7R0R0hReserved
6USGMODR/W0hUsage Model for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
5-3MRGTYPR/W7hMargin Type for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
2-0RCVNUMR/W0hReceiver Number for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.

3.5.3.92 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG3 Register (Offset = 934h) [reset = 9C38h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG3 is shown in Figure 12-1580 and described in Table 12-3102.

Return to the Summary Table.

Margining Lane Control and Status Register for Lane 3.

Table 12-3101 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG3 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0934h
Figure 12-1580 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG3 Register
3130292827262524
MPSTS
R-0h
2322212019181716
R1UMSTSMTSTSRNSTS
R-0hR-0hR-0hR-0h
15141312111098
MRGPAY
R/W-9Ch
76543210
R0USGMODMRGTYPRCVNUM
R-0hR/W-0hR/W-7hR/W-0h
Table 12-3102 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_MARGINING_LANE_CONTROL_STATUS_REG3 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-24MPSTSR0hMargin Payload Status for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
23R1R0hReserved
22UMSTSR0hUsage Model Status for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
21-19MTSTSR0hMargin Type Status for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
18-16RNSTSR0hReceiver Number Status for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
15-8MRGPAYR/W9ChMargin Payload for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
7R0R0hReserved
6USGMODR/W0hUsage Model for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
5-3MRGTYPR/W7hMargin Type for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.
2-0RCVNUMR/W0hReceiver Number for Margining Commands.
This field is reset upon DL Down.

3.5.3.93 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG Register (Offset = 9C0h) [reset = A2010026h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG is shown in Figure 12-1581 and described in Table 12-3104.

Return to the Summary Table.

Physical Layer 16 GT/s Extended Capability Structure is used to configure the device for Gen4 Equalization and Gen4 Lane Error Reporting.

Table 12-3103 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 09C0h
Figure 12-1581 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
PL16NXCAPPL16CAPVER
R-A20hR-1h
1514131211109876543210
PL16CAPID
R-26h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3104 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-20PL16NXCAPRA20hThe offset to the next PCI Extended Capability structure.
19-16PL16CAPVERR1hThis field is a PCI-SIG defined version number that indicates
the version of the Capability structure present.
15-0PL16CAPIDR26hIndicates that the associated extended capability structure is for
Physical layer 16 GT/s.
This field returns a Capability ID of 0026h.

3.5.3.94 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_CAPABILITIES_REG Register (Offset = 9C4h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_CAPABILITIES_REG is shown in Figure 12-1582 and described in Table 12-3106.

Return to the Summary Table.

Physical Layer 16GTs Capabilities Register.

Table 12-3105 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_CAPABILITIES_REG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 09C4h
Figure 12-1582 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_CAPABILITIES_REG Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
R0
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3106 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_CAPABILITIES_REG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0R0R0hReserved

3.5.3.95 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_CONTROL_REG Register (Offset = 9C8h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_CONTROL_REG is shown in Figure 12-1583 and described in Table 12-3108.

Return to the Summary Table.

Physical Layer 16GTs Control Register.

Table 12-3107 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_CONTROL_REG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 09C8h
Figure 12-1583 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_CONTROL_REG Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
R0
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3108 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_CONTROL_REG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0R0R0hReserved

3.5.3.96 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_STATUS_REG Register (Offset = 9CCh) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_STATUS_REG is shown in Figure 12-1584 and described in Table 12-3110.

Return to the Summary Table.

Physical Layer 16GTs Status Register.

Table 12-3109 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_STATUS_REG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 09CCh
Figure 12-1584 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_STATUS_REG Register
3130292827262524
R0
R-0h
2322212019181716
R0
R-0h
15141312111098
R0
R-0h
76543210
R0LE16EP3S16EP2S16EP1S16EQC16
R-0hR/W1C-0hR-0hR-0hR-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear Bit; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3110 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_STATUS_REG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-5R0R0hReserved
4LE16R/W1C0hWhen the Controller [RP] receives an 16GTs equalization request from an Upstream Port the Controller internally sets this bit to 1. [i.e. when RP is in the Recovery.RcvrCfg state and receives 8 consecutive TS2 Ordered Sets with the Request Equalization bit set to 1b]
The LOCAL_INTERRUPT output is also asserted if Link Equalization Request Interrupt Enable is enabled.
3EP3S16R0hThis bit, when set to 1, indicates that the Phase 3 of the Transmitter Equalization
procedure has completed successfully for 16.0 GT/s.
STICKY.
2EP2S16R0hThis bit, when set to 1, indicates that the Phase 2 of the Transmitter Equalization
procedure has completed successfully for 16.0 GT/s.
STICKY.
1EP1S16R0hThis bit, when set to 1, indicates that the Phase 1 of the Transmitter Equalization
procedure has completed successfully for 16.0 GT/s.
STICKY.
0EQC16R0hThis bit, when set to 1, indicates that the Transmitter Equalization procedure has
completed for 16.0 GT/s.
STICKY.

3.5.3.97 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_LOCAL_DATA_PARITY_MISMATCH_STATUS_REG Register (Offset = 9D0h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_LOCAL_DATA_PARITY_MISMATCH_STATUS_REG is shown in Figure 12-1585 and described in Table 12-3112.

Return to the Summary Table.

Physical Layer 16GTs Local Data Parity Mismatch Status Register.

Table 12-3111 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_LOCAL_DATA_PARITY_MISMATCH_STATUS_REG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 09D0h
Figure 12-1585 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_LOCAL_DATA_PARITY_MISMATCH_STATUS_REG Register
3130292827262524
R0
R-0h
2322212019181716
R0
R-0h
15141312111098
R0
R-0h
76543210
R0LDPMS16
R-0hR/W1C-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear Bit; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3112 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_LOCAL_DATA_PARITY_MISMATCH_STATUS_REG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-4R0R0hN/A
3-0LDPMS16R/W1C0hEach bit indicates if the corresponding Lane detected a Data Parity mismatch.

A value of 1b indicates that a mismatch was detected on the corresponding Lane Number.

3.5.3.98 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_FIRST_RETIMER_DATA_PARITY_MISMATCH_STATUS_REG Register (Offset = 9D4h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_FIRST_RETIMER_DATA_PARITY_MISMATCH_STATUS_REG is shown in Figure 12-1586 and described in Table 12-3114.

Return to the Summary Table.

Physical Layer 16GTs First Retimer Data Parity Mismatch Status Register.

Table 12-3113 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_FIRST_RETIMER_DATA_PARITY_MISMATCH_STATUS_REG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 09D4h
Figure 12-1586 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_FIRST_RETIMER_DATA_PARITY_MISMATCH_STATUS_REG Register
3130292827262524
R0
R-0h
2322212019181716
R0
R-0h
15141312111098
R0
R-0h
76543210
R0FRDPMS16
R-0hR/W1C-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear Bit; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3114 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_FIRST_RETIMER_DATA_PARITY_MISMATCH_STATUS_REG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-4R0R0hN/A
3-0FRDPMS16R/W1C0hEach bit indicates if the first retimer in the corresponding Lane detected a Data Parity mismatch.

A value of 1b indicates that a mismatch was detected on the corresponding Lane Number.
The value of this field is undefined when no Retimers are present.

3.5.3.99 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_SECOND_RETIMER_DATA_PARITY_MISMATCH_STATUS_REG Register (Offset = 9D8h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_SECOND_RETIMER_DATA_PARITY_MISMATCH_STATUS_REG is shown in Figure 12-1587 and described in Table 12-3116.

Return to the Summary Table.

Physical Layer 16GTs Second Retimer Data Parity Mismatch Status Register.

Table 12-3115 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_SECOND_RETIMER_DATA_PARITY_MISMATCH_STATUS_REG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 09D8h
Figure 12-1587 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_SECOND_RETIMER_DATA_PARITY_MISMATCH_STATUS_REG Register
3130292827262524
R0
R-0h
2322212019181716
R0
R-0h
15141312111098
R0
R-0h
76543210
R0SRDPMS16
R-0hR/W1C-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear Bit; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3116 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_SECOND_RETIMER_DATA_PARITY_MISMATCH_STATUS_REG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-4R0R0hN/A
3-0SRDPMS16R/W1C0hEach bit indicates if the second retimer in the corresponding Lane detected a Data Parity mismatch.

A value of 1b indicates that a mismatch was detected on the corresponding Lane Number.
The value of this field is undefined when no Retimers are present.

3.5.3.100 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_RESERVED_REG Register (Offset = 9DCh) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_RESERVED_REG is shown in Figure 12-1588 and described in Table 12-3118.

Return to the Summary Table.

Register at offset 1Ch in this capability is Reserved.

Table 12-3117 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_RESERVED_REG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 09DCh
Figure 12-1588 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_RESERVED_REG Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
R0
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3118 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_RESERVED_REG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0R0R0hReserved

3.5.3.101 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_LANE_EQUALIZATION_CONTROL_REG0 Register (Offset = 9E0h) [reset = FFFFFFFFh]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_LANE_EQUALIZATION_CONTROL_REG0 is shown in Figure 12-1589 and described in Table 12-3120.

Return to the Summary Table.

This register contains the Downstream and Upstream Port 16.0GT/s Transmitter Preset for
lanes 0, 1, 2 and 3 that will be used for 16GT/s Link Equalization procedure when this port is operating as a Downstream Port.

Table 12-3119 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_LANE_EQUALIZATION_CONTROL_REG0 Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 09E0h
Figure 12-1589 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_LANE_EQUALIZATION_CONTROL_REG0 Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
UPTP316DPTP316UPTP216DPTP216
R-FhR-FhR-FhR-Fh
1514131211109876543210
UPTP116DPTP116UPTP016DPTP016
R-FhR-FhR-FhR-Fh
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3120 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PL_16GTS_LANE_EQUALIZATION_CONTROL_REG0 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-28UPTP316RFh16.0GT/s Lane 3 Transmitter Preset value that the Downstream Port sends on the associated
Lane to the Endpoint device during 16GT/s Link Equalization.
27-24DPTP316RFhTransmitter Preset used for 16.0 GT/s equalization by this Port
when the Port is operating as a Downstream Port.
23-20UPTP216RFh16.0GT/s Lane 2 Transmitter Preset value that the Downstream Port sends on the associated
Lane to the Endpoint device during 16GT/s Link Equalization.
19-16DPTP216RFhTransmitter Preset used for 16.0 GT/s equalization by this Port
when the Port is operating as a Downstream Port.
15-12UPTP116RFh16.0GT/s Lane 1 Transmitter Preset value that the Downstream Port sends on the associated
Lane to the Endpoint device during 16GT/s Link Equalization.
11-8DPTP116RFhTransmitter Preset used for 16.0 GT/s equalization by this Port
when the Port is operating as a Downstream Port.
7-4UPTP016RFh16.0GT/s Lane 0 Transmitter Preset value that the Downstream Port sends on the associated
Lane to the Endpoint device during 16GT/s Link Equalization.
3-0DPTP016RFhTransmitter Preset used for 16.0 GT/s equalization by this Port
when the Port is operating as a Downstream Port.

3.5.3.102 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PTM_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG Register (Offset = A20h) [reset = 0001001Fh]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PTM_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG is shown in Figure 12-1590 and described in Table 12-3122.

Return to the Summary Table.

Precision Time Measurement Extended Capability Structure is used discovering and controlling the distribution of a PTM hierarchy.

Table 12-3121 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PTM_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0A20h
Figure 12-1590 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PTM_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG Register
31302928272625242322212019181716
PTMNXCAPPTMCAPVER
R-0hR-1h
1514131211109876543210
PTMCAPID
R-1Fh
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3122 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PTM_EXTENDED_CAPABILITY_HEADER_REG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-20PTMNXCAPR0hThe offset to the next PCIe Extended Capability structure.
19-16PTMCAPVERR1hThis field is a PCI-SIG defined version number that indicates
the version of the Capability structure present.
15-0PTMCAPIDR1FhIndicates that the associated extended capability structure is for
Precision Time Measurement capability.
This field returns a Capability ID of 001Fh.

3.5.3.103 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PTM_CAPABILITIES_REG Register (Offset = A24h) [reset = 206h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PTM_CAPABILITIES_REG is shown in Figure 12-1591 and described in Table 12-3124.

Return to the Summary Table.

PTM Capabilities Register.

Table 12-3123 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PTM_CAPABILITIES_REG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0A24h
Figure 12-1591 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PTM_CAPABILITIES_REG Register
3130292827262524
R16
R-0h
2322212019181716
R16
R-0h
15141312111098
LOCCLKGR
R-2h
76543210
R3PTMRTCAPPTMRSCAPPTMRQCAP
R-0hR-1hR-1hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3124 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PTM_CAPABILITIES_REG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16R16R0hReserved
15-8LOCCLKGRR2hIn RC Mode:
The Controller uses the CORE_CLK as the Local Clock for PTM.
This field is used to indicate the Time Period of the CORE_CLK.
If the PTM Root Select is 1, then CORE_CLK is used to provide PTM Master Time.
If the PTM Root Select is 0, then CORE_CLK is used to locally track the PTM Master
Time received on the PTM_LOCAL_TIMER_IN
[63:0] input.
By default, this field is set to 8'd2.
This bit can be programmed through the local management APB interface if required.
7-3R3R0hReserved
2PTMRTCAPR1hThis bit is used to indicate that the Controller implements PTM Time Source Role and is capable of serving as PTM Root.
By default, this bit is set to 1 when the Controller is in RC Mode.
This bit can be programmed through the local management APB interface if required.
Note: If this bit is programmed to 1, then the PTM Responder Capable bit must also be programmed to 1 by FW.
1PTMRSCAPR1hThis bit is used to indicate support for PTM Responder Role.
By default, this bit is set to 1 when the Controller is in RC Mode.
This bit can be programmed through the local management APB interface if required.
Note: If the PTM Root Capable is programmed to 1, then this bit must also be programmed to 1 by FW.
0PTMRQCAPR0hThis bit is used to indicate support for PTM Requester Role.
By default, this bit is set to 0 when the Controller is in RC Mode.
This bit can be programmed through the local management APB interface if required.

3.5.3.104 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PTM_CONTROL_REG Register (Offset = A28h) [reset = 0h]

PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PTM_CONTROL_REG is shown in Figure 12-1592 and described in Table 12-3126.

Return to the Summary Table.

PTM Control Register.

Table 12-3125 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PTM_CONTROL_REG Instances
InstancePhysical Address
PCIE1_CORE_DBN_CFG_PCIE_CORE0D80 0A28h
Figure 12-1592 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PTM_CONTROL_REG Register
3130292827262524
R16
R-0h
2322212019181716
R16
R-0h
15141312111098
EFFGRN
R-0h
76543210
R2RTSELPTMEN
R-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-3126 PCIE_CORE_RP_I_PTM_CONTROL_REG Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16R16R0hReserved
15-8EFFGRNR0hThis field is used only in PTM Requester Mode and is not used in RC Mode.
This field is set to 00 by default in RC Mode.
7-2R2R0hReserved
1RTSELR/W0hThis field is configured by System SW.
When set to 1 and when PTM Enable bit is aslo set to 1, this PTM Source is the PTM Root.
Default value of this bit is 0.
0PTMENR/W0hWhen Set, this function is permitted to participate in the PTM mechanism as PTM
Requester.
By default, this bit is set to 0.